blob: 7742680b2d461746f419868e21c3e2d6d899a9fc [file] [log] [blame]
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001//===--- SemaOverload.cpp - C++ Overloading ---------------------*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file provides Sema routines for C++ overloading.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +000015#include "SemaInherit.h"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000016#include "clang/Basic/Diagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +000017#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000018#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
19#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +000020#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +000021#include "clang/AST/TypeOrdering.h"
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +000022#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
Douglas Gregorbf3af052008-11-13 20:12:29 +000023#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +000024#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000025#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
26#include <algorithm>
Torok Edwinf42e4a62009-08-24 13:25:12 +000027#include <cstdio>
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000028
29namespace clang {
30
31/// GetConversionCategory - Retrieve the implicit conversion
32/// category corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +000033ImplicitConversionCategory
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000034GetConversionCategory(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
35 static const ImplicitConversionCategory
36 Category[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
37 ICC_Identity,
38 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
39 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
40 ICC_Lvalue_Transformation,
41 ICC_Qualification_Adjustment,
42 ICC_Promotion,
43 ICC_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +000044 ICC_Promotion,
45 ICC_Conversion,
46 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000047 ICC_Conversion,
48 ICC_Conversion,
49 ICC_Conversion,
50 ICC_Conversion,
51 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +000052 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +000053 ICC_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000054 ICC_Conversion
55 };
56 return Category[(int)Kind];
57}
58
59/// GetConversionRank - Retrieve the implicit conversion rank
60/// corresponding to the given implicit conversion kind.
61ImplicitConversionRank GetConversionRank(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
62 static const ImplicitConversionRank
63 Rank[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
64 ICR_Exact_Match,
65 ICR_Exact_Match,
66 ICR_Exact_Match,
67 ICR_Exact_Match,
68 ICR_Exact_Match,
69 ICR_Promotion,
70 ICR_Promotion,
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +000071 ICR_Promotion,
72 ICR_Conversion,
73 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000074 ICR_Conversion,
75 ICR_Conversion,
76 ICR_Conversion,
77 ICR_Conversion,
78 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +000079 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +000080 ICR_Conversion,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000081 ICR_Conversion
82 };
83 return Rank[(int)Kind];
84}
85
86/// GetImplicitConversionName - Return the name of this kind of
87/// implicit conversion.
88const char* GetImplicitConversionName(ImplicitConversionKind Kind) {
89 static const char* Name[(int)ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds] = {
90 "No conversion",
91 "Lvalue-to-rvalue",
92 "Array-to-pointer",
93 "Function-to-pointer",
94 "Qualification",
95 "Integral promotion",
96 "Floating point promotion",
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +000097 "Complex promotion",
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +000098 "Integral conversion",
99 "Floating conversion",
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000100 "Complex conversion",
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000101 "Floating-integral conversion",
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000102 "Complex-real conversion",
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000103 "Pointer conversion",
104 "Pointer-to-member conversion",
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000105 "Boolean conversion",
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000106 "Compatible-types conversion",
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +0000107 "Derived-to-base conversion"
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000108 };
109 return Name[Kind];
110}
111
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000112/// StandardConversionSequence - Set the standard conversion
113/// sequence to the identity conversion.
114void StandardConversionSequence::setAsIdentityConversion() {
115 First = ICK_Identity;
116 Second = ICK_Identity;
117 Third = ICK_Identity;
118 Deprecated = false;
119 ReferenceBinding = false;
120 DirectBinding = false;
Sebastian Redl85002392009-03-29 22:46:24 +0000121 RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000122 CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000123}
124
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000125/// getRank - Retrieve the rank of this standard conversion sequence
126/// (C++ 13.3.3.1.1p3). The rank is the largest rank of each of the
127/// implicit conversions.
128ImplicitConversionRank StandardConversionSequence::getRank() const {
129 ImplicitConversionRank Rank = ICR_Exact_Match;
130 if (GetConversionRank(First) > Rank)
131 Rank = GetConversionRank(First);
132 if (GetConversionRank(Second) > Rank)
133 Rank = GetConversionRank(Second);
134 if (GetConversionRank(Third) > Rank)
135 Rank = GetConversionRank(Third);
136 return Rank;
137}
138
139/// isPointerConversionToBool - Determines whether this conversion is
140/// a conversion of a pointer or pointer-to-member to bool. This is
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000141/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000142/// (C++ 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000143bool StandardConversionSequence::isPointerConversionToBool() const {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000144 QualType FromType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(FromTypePtr);
145 QualType ToType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ToTypePtr);
146
147 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
148 // array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer implicit conversions, so
149 // check for their presence as well as checking whether FromType is
150 // a pointer.
151 if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +0000152 (FromType->isPointerType() || FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000153 First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer || First == ICK_Function_To_Pointer))
154 return true;
155
156 return false;
157}
158
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000159/// isPointerConversionToVoidPointer - Determines whether this
160/// conversion is a conversion of a pointer to a void pointer. This is
161/// used as part of the ranking of standard conversion sequences (C++
162/// 13.3.3.2p4).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000163bool
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000164StandardConversionSequence::
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000165isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(ASTContext& Context) const {
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000166 QualType FromType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(FromTypePtr);
167 QualType ToType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(ToTypePtr);
168
169 // Note that FromType has not necessarily been transformed by the
170 // array-to-pointer implicit conversion, so check for its presence
171 // and redo the conversion to get a pointer.
172 if (First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
173 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
174
175 if (Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000176 if (const PointerType* ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000177 return ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType();
178
179 return false;
180}
181
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000182/// DebugPrint - Print this standard conversion sequence to standard
183/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
184void StandardConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
185 bool PrintedSomething = false;
186 if (First != ICK_Identity) {
187 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(First));
188 PrintedSomething = true;
189 }
190
191 if (Second != ICK_Identity) {
192 if (PrintedSomething) {
193 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
194 }
195 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(Second));
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000196
197 if (CopyConstructor) {
198 fprintf(stderr, " (by copy constructor)");
199 } else if (DirectBinding) {
200 fprintf(stderr, " (direct reference binding)");
201 } else if (ReferenceBinding) {
202 fprintf(stderr, " (reference binding)");
203 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000204 PrintedSomething = true;
205 }
206
207 if (Third != ICK_Identity) {
208 if (PrintedSomething) {
209 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
210 }
211 fprintf(stderr, "%s", GetImplicitConversionName(Third));
212 PrintedSomething = true;
213 }
214
215 if (!PrintedSomething) {
216 fprintf(stderr, "No conversions required");
217 }
218}
219
220/// DebugPrint - Print this user-defined conversion sequence to standard
221/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
222void UserDefinedConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
223 if (Before.First || Before.Second || Before.Third) {
224 Before.DebugPrint();
225 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
226 }
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +0000227 fprintf(stderr, "'%s'", ConversionFunction->getNameAsString().c_str());
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000228 if (After.First || After.Second || After.Third) {
229 fprintf(stderr, " -> ");
230 After.DebugPrint();
231 }
232}
233
234/// DebugPrint - Print this implicit conversion sequence to standard
235/// error. Useful for debugging overloading issues.
236void ImplicitConversionSequence::DebugPrint() const {
237 switch (ConversionKind) {
238 case StandardConversion:
239 fprintf(stderr, "Standard conversion: ");
240 Standard.DebugPrint();
241 break;
242 case UserDefinedConversion:
243 fprintf(stderr, "User-defined conversion: ");
244 UserDefined.DebugPrint();
245 break;
246 case EllipsisConversion:
247 fprintf(stderr, "Ellipsis conversion");
248 break;
249 case BadConversion:
250 fprintf(stderr, "Bad conversion");
251 break;
252 }
253
254 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
255}
256
257// IsOverload - Determine whether the given New declaration is an
258// overload of the Old declaration. This routine returns false if New
259// and Old cannot be overloaded, e.g., if they are functions with the
260// same signature (C++ 1.3.10) or if the Old declaration isn't a
261// function (or overload set). When it does return false and Old is an
262// OverloadedFunctionDecl, MatchedDecl will be set to point to the
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000263// FunctionDecl that New cannot be overloaded with.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000264//
265// Example: Given the following input:
266//
267// void f(int, float); // #1
268// void f(int, int); // #2
269// int f(int, int); // #3
270//
271// When we process #1, there is no previous declaration of "f",
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000272// so IsOverload will not be used.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000273//
274// When we process #2, Old is a FunctionDecl for #1. By comparing the
275// parameter types, we see that #1 and #2 are overloaded (since they
276// have different signatures), so this routine returns false;
277// MatchedDecl is unchanged.
278//
279// When we process #3, Old is an OverloadedFunctionDecl containing #1
280// and #2. We compare the signatures of #3 to #1 (they're overloaded,
281// so we do nothing) and then #3 to #2. Since the signatures of #3 and
282// #2 are identical (return types of functions are not part of the
283// signature), IsOverload returns false and MatchedDecl will be set to
284// point to the FunctionDecl for #2.
285bool
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000286Sema::IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, Decl* OldD,
287 OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator& MatchedDecl) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000288 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl* Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
289 // Is this new function an overload of every function in the
290 // overload set?
291 OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
292 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
293 for (; Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
294 if (!IsOverload(New, *Func, MatchedDecl)) {
295 MatchedDecl = Func;
296 return false;
297 }
298 }
299
300 // This function overloads every function in the overload set.
301 return true;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +0000302 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *Old = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
303 return IsOverload(New, Old->getTemplatedDecl(), MatchedDecl);
304 else if (FunctionDecl* Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD)) {
Douglas Gregor34d1dc92009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000305 FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = Old->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000306 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
307
Douglas Gregor34d1dc92009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000308 // C++ [temp.fct]p2:
309 // A function template can be overloaded with other function templates
310 // and with normal (non-template) functions.
311 if ((OldTemplate == 0) != (NewTemplate == 0))
312 return true;
313
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000314 // Is the function New an overload of the function Old?
315 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
316 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
317
318 // Compare the signatures (C++ 1.3.10) of the two functions to
319 // determine whether they are overloads. If we find any mismatch
320 // in the signature, they are overloads.
321
322 // If either of these functions is a K&R-style function (no
323 // prototype), then we consider them to have matching signatures.
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000324 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(OldQType.getTypePtr()) ||
325 isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewQType.getTypePtr()))
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000326 return false;
327
Douglas Gregor34d1dc92009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000328 FunctionProtoType* OldType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldQType);
329 FunctionProtoType* NewType = cast<FunctionProtoType>(NewQType);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000330
331 // The signature of a function includes the types of its
332 // parameters (C++ 1.3.10), which includes the presence or absence
333 // of the ellipsis; see C++ DR 357).
334 if (OldQType != NewQType &&
335 (OldType->getNumArgs() != NewType->getNumArgs() ||
336 OldType->isVariadic() != NewType->isVariadic() ||
337 !std::equal(OldType->arg_type_begin(), OldType->arg_type_end(),
338 NewType->arg_type_begin())))
339 return true;
340
Douglas Gregor34d1dc92009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000341 // C++ [temp.over.link]p4:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000342 // The signature of a function template consists of its function
Douglas Gregor34d1dc92009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000343 // signature, its return type and its template parameter list. The names
344 // of the template parameters are significant only for establishing the
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000345 // relationship between the template parameters and the rest of the
Douglas Gregor34d1dc92009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000346 // signature.
347 //
348 // We check the return type and template parameter lists for function
349 // templates first; the remaining checks follow.
350 if (NewTemplate &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000351 (!TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
352 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
Douglas Gregor34d1dc92009-06-24 16:50:40 +0000353 false, false, SourceLocation()) ||
354 OldType->getResultType() != NewType->getResultType()))
355 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000356
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000357 // If the function is a class member, its signature includes the
358 // cv-qualifiers (if any) on the function itself.
359 //
360 // As part of this, also check whether one of the member functions
361 // is static, in which case they are not overloads (C++
362 // 13.1p2). While not part of the definition of the signature,
363 // this check is important to determine whether these functions
364 // can be overloaded.
365 CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
366 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000367 if (OldMethod && NewMethod &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000368 !OldMethod->isStatic() && !NewMethod->isStatic() &&
Douglas Gregor1ca50c32008-11-21 15:36:28 +0000369 OldMethod->getTypeQualifiers() != NewMethod->getTypeQualifiers())
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000370 return true;
371
372 // The signatures match; this is not an overload.
373 return false;
374 } else {
375 // (C++ 13p1):
376 // Only function declarations can be overloaded; object and type
377 // declarations cannot be overloaded.
378 return false;
379 }
380}
381
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000382/// TryImplicitConversion - Attempt to perform an implicit conversion
383/// from the given expression (Expr) to the given type (ToType). This
384/// function returns an implicit conversion sequence that can be used
385/// to perform the initialization. Given
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000386///
387/// void f(float f);
388/// void g(int i) { f(i); }
389///
390/// this routine would produce an implicit conversion sequence to
391/// describe the initialization of f from i, which will be a standard
392/// conversion sequence containing an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++
393/// 4.1) followed by a floating-integral conversion (C++ 4.9).
394//
395/// Note that this routine only determines how the conversion can be
396/// performed; it does not actually perform the conversion. As such,
397/// it will not produce any diagnostics if no conversion is available,
398/// but will instead return an implicit conversion sequence of kind
399/// "BadConversion".
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000400///
401/// If @p SuppressUserConversions, then user-defined conversions are
402/// not permitted.
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +0000403/// If @p AllowExplicit, then explicit user-defined conversions are
404/// permitted.
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000405/// If @p ForceRValue, then overloading is performed as if From was an rvalue,
406/// no matter its actual lvalueness.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000407ImplicitConversionSequence
Anders Carlsson2974b5c2009-08-27 17:14:02 +0000408Sema::TryImplicitConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
409 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000410 bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000411 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000412 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000413 if (IsStandardConversion(From, ToType, InOverloadResolution, ICS.Standard))
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000414 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000415 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000416 IsUserDefinedConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined,
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +0000417 !SuppressUserConversions, AllowExplicit,
418 ForceRValue)) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000419 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000420 // C++ [over.ics.user]p4:
421 // A conversion of an expression of class type to the same class
422 // type is given Exact Match rank, and a conversion of an
423 // expression of class type to a base class of that type is
424 // given Conversion rank, in spite of the fact that a copy
425 // constructor (i.e., a user-defined conversion function) is
426 // called for those cases.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000427 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000428 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000429 QualType FromCanon
Douglas Gregor2b1e0032009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000430 = Context.getCanonicalType(From->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
431 QualType ToCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType();
432 if (FromCanon == ToCanon || IsDerivedFrom(FromCanon, ToCanon)) {
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000433 // Turn this into a "standard" conversion sequence, so that it
434 // gets ranked with standard conversion sequences.
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000435 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
436 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
437 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = From->getType().getAsOpaquePtr();
438 ICS.Standard.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000439 ICS.Standard.CopyConstructor = Constructor;
Douglas Gregor2b1e0032009-02-02 22:11:10 +0000440 if (ToCanon != FromCanon)
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000441 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
442 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000443 }
Douglas Gregor734d9862009-01-30 23:27:23 +0000444
445 // C++ [over.best.ics]p4:
446 // However, when considering the argument of a user-defined
447 // conversion function that is a candidate by 13.3.1.3 when
448 // invoked for the copying of the temporary in the second step
449 // of a class copy-initialization, or by 13.3.1.4, 13.3.1.5, or
450 // 13.3.1.6 in all cases, only standard conversion sequences and
451 // ellipsis conversion sequences are allowed.
452 if (SuppressUserConversions &&
453 ICS.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion)
454 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
Douglas Gregor396b7cd2008-11-03 17:51:48 +0000455 } else
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000456 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000457
458 return ICS;
459}
460
461/// IsStandardConversion - Determines whether there is a standard
462/// conversion sequence (C++ [conv], C++ [over.ics.scs]) from the
463/// expression From to the type ToType. Standard conversion sequences
464/// only consider non-class types; for conversions that involve class
465/// types, use TryImplicitConversion. If a conversion exists, SCS will
466/// contain the standard conversion sequence required to perform this
467/// conversion and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this
468/// routine will return false and the value of SCS is unspecified.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000469bool
470Sema::IsStandardConversion(Expr* From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000471 bool InOverloadResolution,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000472 StandardConversionSequence &SCS) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000473 QualType FromType = From->getType();
474
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000475 // Standard conversions (C++ [conv])
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000476 SCS.setAsIdentityConversion();
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000477 SCS.Deprecated = false;
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000478 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000479 SCS.FromTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +0000480 SCS.CopyConstructor = 0;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000481
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000482 // There are no standard conversions for class types in C++, so
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000483 // abort early. When overloading in C, however, we do permit
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000484 if (FromType->isRecordType() || ToType->isRecordType()) {
485 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
486 return false;
487
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000488 // When we're overloading in C, we allow, as standard conversions,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000489 }
490
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000491 // The first conversion can be an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion,
492 // array-to-pointer conversion, or function-to-pointer conversion
493 // (C++ 4p1).
494
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000495 // Lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (C++ 4.1):
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000496 // An lvalue (3.10) of a non-function, non-array type T can be
497 // converted to an rvalue.
498 Expr::isLvalueResult argIsLvalue = From->isLvalue(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000499 if (argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid &&
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000500 !FromType->isFunctionType() && !FromType->isArrayType() &&
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +0000501 Context.getCanonicalType(FromType) != Context.OverloadTy) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000502 SCS.First = ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000503
504 // If T is a non-class type, the type of the rvalue is the
505 // cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the rvalue
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000506 // is T (C++ 4.1p1). C++ can't get here with class types; in C, we
507 // just strip the qualifiers because they don't matter.
508
509 // FIXME: Doesn't see through to qualifiers behind a typedef!
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000510 FromType = FromType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000511 } else if (FromType->isArrayType()) {
512 // Array-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.2)
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000513 SCS.First = ICK_Array_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000514
515 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown
516 // bound of T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to
517 // T" (C++ 4.2p1).
518 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
519
520 if (IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(From, ToType)) {
521 // This conversion is deprecated. (C++ D.4).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000522 SCS.Deprecated = true;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000523
524 // For the purpose of ranking in overload resolution
525 // (13.3.3.1.1), this conversion is considered an
526 // array-to-pointer conversion followed by a qualification
527 // conversion (4.4). (C++ 4.2p2)
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000528 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
529 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
530 SCS.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
531 return true;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000532 }
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000533 } else if (FromType->isFunctionType() && argIsLvalue == Expr::LV_Valid) {
534 // Function-to-pointer conversion (C++ 4.3).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000535 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000536
537 // An lvalue of function type T can be converted to an rvalue of
538 // type "pointer to T." The result is a pointer to the
539 // function. (C++ 4.3p1).
540 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000541 } else if (FunctionDecl *Fn
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000542 = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, false)) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000543 // Address of overloaded function (C++ [over.over]).
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000544 SCS.First = ICK_Function_To_Pointer;
545
546 // We were able to resolve the address of the overloaded function,
547 // so we can convert to the type of that function.
548 FromType = Fn->getType();
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000549 if (ToType->isLValueReferenceType())
550 FromType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FromType);
551 else if (ToType->isRValueReferenceType())
552 FromType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FromType);
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +0000553 else if (ToType->isMemberPointerType()) {
554 // Resolve address only succeeds if both sides are member pointers,
555 // but it doesn't have to be the same class. See DR 247.
556 // Note that this means that the type of &Derived::fn can be
557 // Ret (Base::*)(Args) if the fn overload actually found is from the
558 // base class, even if it was brought into the derived class via a
559 // using declaration. The standard isn't clear on this issue at all.
560 CXXMethodDecl *M = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn);
561 FromType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromType,
562 Context.getTypeDeclType(M->getParent()).getTypePtr());
563 } else
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +0000564 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000565 } else {
566 // We don't require any conversions for the first step.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000567 SCS.First = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000568 }
569
570 // The second conversion can be an integral promotion, floating
571 // point promotion, integral conversion, floating point conversion,
572 // floating-integral conversion, pointer conversion,
573 // pointer-to-member conversion, or boolean conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000574 // For overloading in C, this can also be a "compatible-type"
575 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000576 bool IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000577 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000578 // The unqualified versions of the types are the same: there's no
579 // conversion to do.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000580 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000581 } else if (IsIntegralPromotion(From, FromType, ToType)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000582 // Integral promotion (C++ 4.5).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000583 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000584 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000585 } else if (IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
586 // Floating point promotion (C++ 4.6).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000587 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Promotion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000588 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000589 } else if (IsComplexPromotion(FromType, ToType)) {
590 // Complex promotion (Clang extension)
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000591 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Promotion;
592 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000593 } else if ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000594 (ToType->isIntegralType() && !ToType->isEnumeralType())) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000595 // Integral conversions (C++ 4.7).
596 // FIXME: isIntegralType shouldn't be true for enums in C++.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000597 SCS.Second = ICK_Integral_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000598 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000599 } else if (FromType->isFloatingType() && ToType->isFloatingType()) {
600 // Floating point conversions (C++ 4.8).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000601 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000602 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000603 } else if (FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isComplexType()) {
604 // Complex conversions (C99 6.3.1.6)
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000605 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Conversion;
606 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000607 } else if ((FromType->isFloatingType() &&
608 ToType->isIntegralType() && (!ToType->isBooleanType() &&
609 !ToType->isEnumeralType())) ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000610 ((FromType->isIntegralType() || FromType->isEnumeralType()) &&
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000611 ToType->isFloatingType())) {
612 // Floating-integral conversions (C++ 4.9).
613 // FIXME: isIntegralType shouldn't be true for enums in C++.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000614 SCS.Second = ICK_Floating_Integral;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000615 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000616 } else if ((FromType->isComplexType() && ToType->isArithmeticType()) ||
617 (ToType->isComplexType() && FromType->isArithmeticType())) {
618 // Complex-real conversions (C99 6.3.1.7)
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000619 SCS.Second = ICK_Complex_Real;
620 FromType = ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000621 } else if (IsPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, InOverloadResolution,
622 FromType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000623 // Pointer conversions (C++ 4.10).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000624 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000625 SCS.IncompatibleObjC = IncompatibleObjC;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000626 } else if (IsMemberPointerConversion(From, FromType, ToType, FromType)) {
627 // Pointer to member conversions (4.11).
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +0000628 SCS.Second = ICK_Pointer_Member;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000629 } else if (ToType->isBooleanType() &&
630 (FromType->isArithmeticType() ||
631 FromType->isEnumeralType() ||
632 FromType->isPointerType() ||
633 FromType->isBlockPointerType() ||
634 FromType->isMemberPointerType() ||
635 FromType->isNullPtrType())) {
636 // Boolean conversions (C++ 4.12).
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000637 SCS.Second = ICK_Boolean_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000638 FromType = Context.BoolTy;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000639 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000640 Context.typesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType)) {
641 // Compatible conversions (Clang extension for C function overloading)
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000642 SCS.Second = ICK_Compatible_Conversion;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000643 } else {
644 // No second conversion required.
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000645 SCS.Second = ICK_Identity;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000646 }
647
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000648 QualType CanonFrom;
649 QualType CanonTo;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000650 // The third conversion can be a qualification conversion (C++ 4p1).
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +0000651 if (IsQualificationConversion(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000652 SCS.Third = ICK_Qualification;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000653 FromType = ToType;
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000654 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
655 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000656 } else {
657 // No conversion required
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000658 SCS.Third = ICK_Identity;
659
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000660 // C++ [over.best.ics]p6:
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000661 // [...] Any difference in top-level cv-qualification is
662 // subsumed by the initialization itself and does not constitute
663 // a conversion. [...]
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000664 CanonFrom = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000665 CanonTo = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000666 if (CanonFrom.getUnqualifiedType() == CanonTo.getUnqualifiedType() &&
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000667 CanonFrom.getCVRQualifiers() != CanonTo.getCVRQualifiers()) {
668 FromType = ToType;
669 CanonFrom = CanonTo;
670 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000671 }
672
673 // If we have not converted the argument type to the parameter type,
674 // this is a bad conversion sequence.
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +0000675 if (CanonFrom != CanonTo)
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000676 return false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000677
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +0000678 SCS.ToTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
679 return true;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000680}
681
682/// IsIntegralPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from the
683/// expression From (whose potentially-adjusted type is FromType) to
684/// ToType is an integral promotion (C++ 4.5). If so, returns true and
685/// sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000686bool Sema::IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000687 const BuiltinType *To = ToType->getAsBuiltinType();
Sebastian Redlf7be9442008-11-04 15:59:10 +0000688 // All integers are built-in.
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000689 if (!To) {
690 return false;
691 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000692
693 // An rvalue of type char, signed char, unsigned char, short int, or
694 // unsigned short int can be converted to an rvalue of type int if
695 // int can represent all the values of the source type; otherwise,
696 // the source rvalue can be converted to an rvalue of type unsigned
697 // int (C++ 4.5p1).
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000698 if (FromType->isPromotableIntegerType() && !FromType->isBooleanType()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000699 if (// We can promote any signed, promotable integer type to an int
700 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() ||
701 // We can promote any unsigned integer type whose size is
702 // less than int to an int.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000703 (!FromType->isSignedIntegerType() &&
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000704 Context.getTypeSize(FromType) < Context.getTypeSize(ToType)))) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000705 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000706 }
707
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000708 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
709 }
710
711 // An rvalue of type wchar_t (3.9.1) or an enumeration type (7.2)
712 // can be converted to an rvalue of the first of the following types
713 // that can represent all the values of its underlying type: int,
714 // unsigned int, long, or unsigned long (C++ 4.5p2).
715 if ((FromType->isEnumeralType() || FromType->isWideCharType())
716 && ToType->isIntegerType()) {
717 // Determine whether the type we're converting from is signed or
718 // unsigned.
719 bool FromIsSigned;
720 uint64_t FromSize = Context.getTypeSize(FromType);
721 if (const EnumType *FromEnumType = FromType->getAsEnumType()) {
722 QualType UnderlyingType = FromEnumType->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
723 FromIsSigned = UnderlyingType->isSignedIntegerType();
724 } else {
725 // FIXME: Is wchar_t signed or unsigned? We assume it's signed for now.
726 FromIsSigned = true;
727 }
728
729 // The types we'll try to promote to, in the appropriate
730 // order. Try each of these types.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000731 QualType PromoteTypes[6] = {
732 Context.IntTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy,
Douglas Gregorc9467cf2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000733 Context.LongTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy ,
734 Context.LongLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000735 };
Douglas Gregorc9467cf2008-12-12 02:00:36 +0000736 for (int Idx = 0; Idx < 6; ++Idx) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000737 uint64_t ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(PromoteTypes[Idx]);
738 if (FromSize < ToSize ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000739 (FromSize == ToSize &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000740 FromIsSigned == PromoteTypes[Idx]->isSignedIntegerType())) {
741 // We found the type that we can promote to. If this is the
742 // type we wanted, we have a promotion. Otherwise, no
743 // promotion.
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000744 return Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType()
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000745 == Context.getCanonicalType(PromoteTypes[Idx]).getUnqualifiedType();
746 }
747 }
748 }
749
750 // An rvalue for an integral bit-field (9.6) can be converted to an
751 // rvalue of type int if int can represent all the values of the
752 // bit-field; otherwise, it can be converted to unsigned int if
753 // unsigned int can represent all the values of the bit-field. If
754 // the bit-field is larger yet, no integral promotion applies to
755 // it. If the bit-field has an enumerated type, it is treated as any
756 // other value of that type for promotion purposes (C++ 4.5p3).
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000757 // FIXME: We should delay checking of bit-fields until we actually perform the
758 // conversion.
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000759 using llvm::APSInt;
760 if (From)
761 if (FieldDecl *MemberDecl = From->getBitField()) {
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000762 APSInt BitWidth;
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000763 if (FromType->isIntegralType() && !FromType->isEnumeralType() &&
764 MemberDecl->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidth, Context)) {
765 APSInt ToSize(BitWidth.getBitWidth(), BitWidth.isUnsigned());
766 ToSize = Context.getTypeSize(ToType);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000767
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000768 // Are we promoting to an int from a bitfield that fits in an int?
769 if (BitWidth < ToSize ||
770 (FromType->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize)) {
771 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int;
772 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000773
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000774 // Are we promoting to an unsigned int from an unsigned bitfield
775 // that fits into an unsigned int?
776 if (FromType->isUnsignedIntegerType() && BitWidth <= ToSize) {
777 return To->getKind() == BuiltinType::UInt;
778 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000779
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +0000780 return false;
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000781 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000782 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000783
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000784 // An rvalue of type bool can be converted to an rvalue of type int,
785 // with false becoming zero and true becoming one (C++ 4.5p4).
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000786 if (FromType->isBooleanType() && To->getKind() == BuiltinType::Int) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000787 return true;
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000788 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000789
790 return false;
791}
792
793/// IsFloatingPointPromotion - Determines whether the conversion from
794/// FromType to ToType is a floating point promotion (C++ 4.6). If so,
795/// returns true and sets PromotedType to the promoted type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000796bool Sema::IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000797 /// An rvalue of type float can be converted to an rvalue of type
798 /// double. (C++ 4.6p1).
799 if (const BuiltinType *FromBuiltin = FromType->getAsBuiltinType())
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000800 if (const BuiltinType *ToBuiltin = ToType->getAsBuiltinType()) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000801 if (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float &&
802 ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double)
803 return true;
804
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000805 // C99 6.3.1.5p1:
806 // When a float is promoted to double or long double, or a
807 // double is promoted to long double [...].
808 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
809 (FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
810 FromBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double) &&
811 (ToBuiltin->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble))
812 return true;
813 }
814
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000815 return false;
816}
817
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000818/// \brief Determine if a conversion is a complex promotion.
819///
820/// A complex promotion is defined as a complex -> complex conversion
821/// where the conversion between the underlying real types is a
Douglas Gregorb7b5d132009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000822/// floating-point or integral promotion.
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000823bool Sema::IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
824 const ComplexType *FromComplex = FromType->getAsComplexType();
825 if (!FromComplex)
826 return false;
827
828 const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAsComplexType();
829 if (!ToComplex)
830 return false;
831
832 return IsFloatingPointPromotion(FromComplex->getElementType(),
Douglas Gregorb7b5d132009-02-12 00:26:06 +0000833 ToComplex->getElementType()) ||
834 IsIntegralPromotion(0, FromComplex->getElementType(),
835 ToComplex->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor5cdf8212009-02-12 00:15:05 +0000836}
837
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000838/// BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType - In a pointer conversion from
839/// the pointer type FromPtr to a pointer to type ToPointee, with the
840/// same type qualifiers as FromPtr has on its pointee type. ToType,
841/// if non-empty, will be a pointer to ToType that may or may not have
842/// the right set of qualifiers on its pointee.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000843static QualType
844BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(const PointerType *FromPtr,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000845 QualType ToPointee, QualType ToType,
846 ASTContext &Context) {
847 QualType CanonFromPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(FromPtr->getPointeeType());
848 QualType CanonToPointee = Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointee);
849 unsigned Quals = CanonFromPointee.getCVRQualifiers();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000850
851 // Exact qualifier match -> return the pointer type we're converting to.
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000852 if (CanonToPointee.getCVRQualifiers() == Quals) {
853 // ToType is exactly what we need. Return it.
854 if (ToType.getTypePtr())
855 return ToType;
856
857 // Build a pointer to ToPointee. It has the right qualifiers
858 // already.
859 return Context.getPointerType(ToPointee);
860 }
861
862 // Just build a canonical type that has the right qualifiers.
863 return Context.getPointerType(CanonToPointee.getQualifiedType(Quals));
864}
865
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000866static bool isNullPointerConstantForConversion(Expr *Expr,
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000867 bool InOverloadResolution,
868 ASTContext &Context) {
869 // Handle value-dependent integral null pointer constants correctly.
870 // http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#903
871 if (Expr->isValueDependent() && !Expr->isTypeDependent() &&
872 Expr->getType()->isIntegralType())
873 return !InOverloadResolution;
874
875 return Expr->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
876}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000877
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000878/// IsPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
879/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType,
880/// can be converted to the type ToType via a pointer conversion (C++
881/// 4.10). If so, returns true and places the converted type (that
882/// might differ from ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into
883/// ConvertedType.
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000884///
Douglas Gregor7ca09762008-11-27 01:19:21 +0000885/// This routine also supports conversions to and from block pointers
886/// and conversions with Objective-C's 'id', 'id<protocols...>', and
887/// pointers to interfaces. FIXME: Once we've determined the
888/// appropriate overloading rules for Objective-C, we may want to
889/// split the Objective-C checks into a different routine; however,
890/// GCC seems to consider all of these conversions to be pointer
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000891/// conversions, so for now they live here. IncompatibleObjC will be
892/// set if the conversion is an allowed Objective-C conversion that
893/// should result in a warning.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000894bool Sema::IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +0000895 bool InOverloadResolution,
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000896 QualType& ConvertedType,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000897 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000898 IncompatibleObjC = false;
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +0000899 if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromType, ToType, ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC))
900 return true;
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +0000901
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000902 // Conversion from a null pointer constant to any Objective-C pointer type.
903 if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000904 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor27b09ac2008-12-22 20:51:52 +0000905 ConvertedType = ToType;
906 return true;
907 }
908
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000909 // Blocks: Block pointers can be converted to void*.
910 if (FromType->isBlockPointerType() && ToType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000911 ToType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000912 ConvertedType = ToType;
913 return true;
914 }
915 // Blocks: A null pointer constant can be converted to a block
916 // pointer type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000917 if (ToType->isBlockPointerType() &&
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000918 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor071f2ae2008-11-27 00:15:41 +0000919 ConvertedType = ToType;
920 return true;
921 }
922
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000923 // If the left-hand-side is nullptr_t, the right side can be a null
924 // pointer constant.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000925 if (ToType->isNullPtrType() &&
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000926 isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000927 ConvertedType = ToType;
928 return true;
929 }
930
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000931 const PointerType* ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000932 if (!ToTypePtr)
933 return false;
934
935 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a pointer type (C++ 4.10p1).
Anders Carlssonbbf306b2009-08-28 15:55:56 +0000936 if (isNullPointerConstantForConversion(From, InOverloadResolution, Context)) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000937 ConvertedType = ToType;
938 return true;
939 }
Sebastian Redl07779722008-10-31 14:43:28 +0000940
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000941 // Beyond this point, both types need to be pointers.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000942 const PointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000943 if (!FromTypePtr)
944 return false;
945
946 QualType FromPointeeType = FromTypePtr->getPointeeType();
947 QualType ToPointeeType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
948
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000949 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv T," where T is an object type,
950 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv void" (C++
951 // 4.10p2).
Douglas Gregorbad0e652009-03-24 20:32:41 +0000952 if (FromPointeeType->isObjectType() && ToPointeeType->isVoidType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000953 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbf408182008-11-27 00:52:49 +0000954 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000955 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000956 return true;
957 }
958
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000959 // When we're overloading in C, we allow a special kind of pointer
960 // conversion for compatible-but-not-identical pointee types.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000961 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000962 Context.typesAreCompatible(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000963 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000964 ToPointeeType,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000965 ToType, Context);
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000966 return true;
967 }
968
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000969 // C++ [conv.ptr]p3:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000970 //
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000971 // An rvalue of type "pointer to cv D," where D is a class type,
972 // can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to cv B," where
973 // B is a base class (clause 10) of D. If B is an inaccessible
974 // (clause 11) or ambiguous (10.2) base class of D, a program that
975 // necessitates this conversion is ill-formed. The result of the
976 // conversion is a pointer to the base class sub-object of the
977 // derived class object. The null pointer value is converted to
978 // the null pointer value of the destination type.
979 //
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +0000980 // Note that we do not check for ambiguity or inaccessibility
981 // here. That is handled by CheckPointerConversion.
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +0000982 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
983 FromPointeeType->isRecordType() && ToPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000984 IsDerivedFrom(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000985 ConvertedType = BuildSimilarlyQualifiedPointerType(FromTypePtr,
Douglas Gregorbf408182008-11-27 00:52:49 +0000986 ToPointeeType,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +0000987 ToType, Context);
988 return true;
989 }
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +0000990
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +0000991 return false;
992}
993
994/// isObjCPointerConversion - Determines whether this is an
995/// Objective-C pointer conversion. Subroutine of IsPointerConversion,
996/// with the same arguments and return values.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000997bool Sema::isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +0000998 QualType& ConvertedType,
999 bool &IncompatibleObjC) {
1000 if (!getLangOptions().ObjC1)
1001 return false;
1002
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001003 // First, we handle all conversions on ObjC object pointer types.
1004 const ObjCObjectPointerType* ToObjCPtr = ToType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001005 const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromObjCPtr =
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001006 FromType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001007
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001008 if (ToObjCPtr && FromObjCPtr) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001009 // Objective C++: We're able to convert between "id" or "Class" and a
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001010 // pointer to any interface (in both directions).
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001011 if (ToObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType() && FromObjCPtr->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001012 ConvertedType = ToType;
1013 return true;
1014 }
1015 // Conversions with Objective-C's id<...>.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001016 if ((FromObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001017 ToObjCPtr->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001018 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(ToType, FromType,
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00001019 /*compare=*/false)) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001020 ConvertedType = ToType;
1021 return true;
1022 }
1023 // Objective C++: We're able to convert from a pointer to an
1024 // interface to a pointer to a different interface.
1025 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToObjCPtr, FromObjCPtr)) {
1026 ConvertedType = ToType;
1027 return true;
1028 }
1029
1030 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromObjCPtr, ToObjCPtr)) {
1031 // Okay: this is some kind of implicit downcast of Objective-C
1032 // interfaces, which is permitted. However, we're going to
1033 // complain about it.
1034 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1035 ConvertedType = FromType;
1036 return true;
1037 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001038 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001039 // Beyond this point, both types need to be C pointers or block pointers.
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001040 QualType ToPointeeType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001041 if (const PointerType *ToCPtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001042 ToPointeeType = ToCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001043 else if (const BlockPointerType *ToBlockPtr = ToType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001044 ToPointeeType = ToBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1045 else
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001046 return false;
1047
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001048 QualType FromPointeeType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001049 if (const PointerType *FromCPtr = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001050 FromPointeeType = FromCPtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001051 else if (const BlockPointerType *FromBlockPtr = FromType->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001052 FromPointeeType = FromBlockPtr->getPointeeType();
1053 else
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001054 return false;
1055
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001056 // If we have pointers to pointers, recursively check whether this
1057 // is an Objective-C conversion.
1058 if (FromPointeeType->isPointerType() && ToPointeeType->isPointerType() &&
1059 isObjCPointerConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType, ConvertedType,
1060 IncompatibleObjC)) {
1061 // We always complain about this conversion.
1062 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1063 ConvertedType = ToType;
1064 return true;
1065 }
Douglas Gregor2a7e58d2008-12-23 00:53:59 +00001066 // If we have pointers to functions or blocks, check whether the only
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001067 // differences in the argument and result types are in Objective-C
1068 // pointer conversions. If so, we permit the conversion (but
1069 // complain about it).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001070 const FunctionProtoType *FromFunctionType
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001071 = FromPointeeType->getAsFunctionProtoType();
1072 const FunctionProtoType *ToFunctionType
1073 = ToPointeeType->getAsFunctionProtoType();
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001074 if (FromFunctionType && ToFunctionType) {
1075 // If the function types are exactly the same, this isn't an
1076 // Objective-C pointer conversion.
1077 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromPointeeType)
1078 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToPointeeType))
1079 return false;
1080
1081 // Perform the quick checks that will tell us whether these
1082 // function types are obviously different.
1083 if (FromFunctionType->getNumArgs() != ToFunctionType->getNumArgs() ||
1084 FromFunctionType->isVariadic() != ToFunctionType->isVariadic() ||
1085 FromFunctionType->getTypeQuals() != ToFunctionType->getTypeQuals())
1086 return false;
1087
1088 bool HasObjCConversion = false;
1089 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromFunctionType->getResultType())
1090 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToFunctionType->getResultType())) {
1091 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1092 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromFunctionType->getResultType(),
1093 ToFunctionType->getResultType(),
1094 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1095 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1096 HasObjCConversion = true;
1097 } else {
1098 // Function types are too different. Abort.
1099 return false;
1100 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001101
Douglas Gregorc7887512008-12-19 19:13:09 +00001102 // Check argument types.
1103 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0, NumArgs = FromFunctionType->getNumArgs();
1104 ArgIdx != NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
1105 QualType FromArgType = FromFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1106 QualType ToArgType = ToFunctionType->getArgType(ArgIdx);
1107 if (Context.getCanonicalType(FromArgType)
1108 == Context.getCanonicalType(ToArgType)) {
1109 // Okay, the types match exactly. Nothing to do.
1110 } else if (isObjCPointerConversion(FromArgType, ToArgType,
1111 ConvertedType, IncompatibleObjC)) {
1112 // Okay, we have an Objective-C pointer conversion.
1113 HasObjCConversion = true;
1114 } else {
1115 // Argument types are too different. Abort.
1116 return false;
1117 }
1118 }
1119
1120 if (HasObjCConversion) {
1121 // We had an Objective-C conversion. Allow this pointer
1122 // conversion, but complain about it.
1123 ConvertedType = ToType;
1124 IncompatibleObjC = true;
1125 return true;
1126 }
1127 }
1128
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001129 return false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001130}
1131
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001132/// CheckPointerConversion - Check the pointer conversion from the
1133/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00001134/// ambiguous or inaccessible derived-to-base pointer
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001135/// conversions for which IsPointerConversion has already returned
1136/// true. It returns true and produces a diagnostic if there was an
1137/// error, or returns false otherwise.
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001138bool Sema::CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
1139 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001140 QualType FromType = From->getType();
1141
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001142 if (const PointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
1143 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001144 QualType FromPointeeType = FromPtrType->getPointeeType(),
1145 ToPointeeType = ToPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregordda78892008-12-18 23:43:31 +00001146
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001147 if (FromPointeeType->isRecordType() &&
1148 ToPointeeType->isRecordType()) {
1149 // We must have a derived-to-base conversion. Check an
1150 // ambiguous or inaccessible conversion.
Anders Carlsson61faec12009-09-12 04:46:44 +00001151 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromPointeeType, ToPointeeType,
1152 From->getExprLoc(),
1153 From->getSourceRange()))
1154 return true;
1155
1156 // The conversion was successful.
1157 Kind = CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase;
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001158 }
1159 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001160 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *FromPtrType =
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001161 FromType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType())
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001162 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *ToPtrType =
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001163 ToType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1164 // Objective-C++ conversions are always okay.
1165 // FIXME: We should have a different class of conversions for the
1166 // Objective-C++ implicit conversions.
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00001167 if (FromPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType() || ToPtrType->isObjCBuiltinType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001168 return false;
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001169
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001170 }
Douglas Gregor94b1dd22008-10-24 04:54:22 +00001171 return false;
1172}
1173
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001174/// IsMemberPointerConversion - Determines whether the conversion of the
1175/// expression From, which has the (possibly adjusted) type FromType, can be
1176/// converted to the type ToType via a member pointer conversion (C++ 4.11).
1177/// If so, returns true and places the converted type (that might differ from
1178/// ToType in its cv-qualifiers at some level) into ConvertedType.
1179bool Sema::IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001180 QualType ToType, QualType &ConvertedType) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001181 const MemberPointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001182 if (!ToTypePtr)
1183 return false;
1184
1185 // A null pointer constant can be converted to a member pointer (C++ 4.11p1)
1186 if (From->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
1187 ConvertedType = ToType;
1188 return true;
1189 }
1190
1191 // Otherwise, both types have to be member pointers.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001192 const MemberPointerType *FromTypePtr = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001193 if (!FromTypePtr)
1194 return false;
1195
1196 // A pointer to member of B can be converted to a pointer to member of D,
1197 // where D is derived from B (C++ 4.11p2).
1198 QualType FromClass(FromTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1199 QualType ToClass(ToTypePtr->getClass(), 0);
1200 // FIXME: What happens when these are dependent? Is this function even called?
1201
1202 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass)) {
1203 ConvertedType = Context.getMemberPointerType(FromTypePtr->getPointeeType(),
1204 ToClass.getTypePtr());
1205 return true;
1206 }
1207
1208 return false;
1209}
1210
1211/// CheckMemberPointerConversion - Check the member pointer conversion from the
1212/// expression From to the type ToType. This routine checks for ambiguous or
1213/// virtual (FIXME: or inaccessible) base-to-derived member pointer conversions
1214/// for which IsMemberPointerConversion has already returned true. It returns
1215/// true and produces a diagnostic if there was an error, or returns false
1216/// otherwise.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001217bool Sema::CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001218 CastExpr::CastKind &Kind) {
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001219 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001220 const MemberPointerType *FromPtrType = FromType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001221 if (!FromPtrType) {
1222 // This must be a null pointer to member pointer conversion
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001223 assert(From->isNullPointerConstant(Context) &&
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001224 "Expr must be null pointer constant!");
1225 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NullToMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001226 return false;
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001227 }
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001228
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001229 const MemberPointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001230 assert(ToPtrType && "No member pointer cast has a target type "
1231 "that is not a member pointer.");
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001232
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001233 QualType FromClass = QualType(FromPtrType->getClass(), 0);
1234 QualType ToClass = QualType(ToPtrType->getClass(), 0);
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001235
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001236 // FIXME: What about dependent types?
1237 assert(FromClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
1238 assert(ToClass->isRecordType() && "Pointer into non-class.");
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001239
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001240 BasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/false,
1241 /*DetectVirtual=*/true);
1242 bool DerivationOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1243 assert(DerivationOkay &&
1244 "Should not have been called if derivation isn't OK.");
1245 (void)DerivationOkay;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001246
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001247 if (Paths.isAmbiguous(Context.getCanonicalType(FromClass).
1248 getUnqualifiedType())) {
1249 // Derivation is ambiguous. Redo the check to find the exact paths.
1250 Paths.clear();
1251 Paths.setRecordingPaths(true);
1252 bool StillOkay = IsDerivedFrom(ToClass, FromClass, Paths);
1253 assert(StillOkay && "Derivation changed due to quantum fluctuation.");
1254 (void)StillOkay;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001255
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001256 std::string PathDisplayStr = getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(Paths);
1257 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_ambiguous_memptr_conv)
1258 << 0 << FromClass << ToClass << PathDisplayStr << From->getSourceRange();
1259 return true;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001260 }
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001261
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001262 if (const RecordType *VBase = Paths.getDetectedVirtual()) {
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001263 Diag(From->getExprLoc(), diag::err_memptr_conv_via_virtual)
1264 << FromClass << ToClass << QualType(VBase, 0)
1265 << From->getSourceRange();
1266 return true;
1267 }
1268
Anders Carlsson27a5b9b2009-08-22 23:33:40 +00001269 // Must be a base to derived member conversion.
1270 Kind = CastExpr::CK_BaseToDerivedMemberPointer;
Sebastian Redl4433aaf2009-01-25 19:43:20 +00001271 return false;
1272}
1273
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001274/// IsQualificationConversion - Determines whether the conversion from
1275/// an rvalue of type FromType to ToType is a qualification conversion
1276/// (C++ 4.4).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001277bool
1278Sema::IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001279 FromType = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
1280 ToType = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType);
1281
1282 // If FromType and ToType are the same type, this is not a
1283 // qualification conversion.
1284 if (FromType == ToType)
1285 return false;
Sebastian Redl21593ac2009-01-28 18:33:18 +00001286
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001287 // (C++ 4.4p4):
1288 // A conversion can add cv-qualifiers at levels other than the first
1289 // in multi-level pointers, subject to the following rules: [...]
1290 bool PreviousToQualsIncludeConst = true;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001291 bool UnwrappedAnyPointer = false;
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001292 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(FromType, ToType)) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001293 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1294 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1295 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregorf8268ae2008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001296 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001297 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left to
1298 // unwrap.
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001299 UnwrappedAnyPointer = true;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001300
1301 // -- for every j > 0, if const is in cv 1,j then const is in cv
1302 // 2,j, and similarly for volatile.
Douglas Gregor9b6e2d22008-10-22 00:38:21 +00001303 if (!ToType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromType))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001304 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001305
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001306 // -- if the cv 1,j and cv 2,j are different, then const is in
1307 // every cv for 0 < k < j.
1308 if (FromType.getCVRQualifiers() != ToType.getCVRQualifiers()
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001309 && !PreviousToQualsIncludeConst)
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001310 return false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001311
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001312 // Keep track of whether all prior cv-qualifiers in the "to" type
1313 // include const.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001314 PreviousToQualsIncludeConst
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001315 = PreviousToQualsIncludeConst && ToType.isConstQualified();
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001316 }
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00001317
1318 // We are left with FromType and ToType being the pointee types
1319 // after unwrapping the original FromType and ToType the same number
1320 // of types. If we unwrapped any pointers, and if FromType and
1321 // ToType have the same unqualified type (since we checked
1322 // qualifiers above), then this is a qualification conversion.
1323 return UnwrappedAnyPointer &&
1324 FromType.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType.getUnqualifiedType();
1325}
1326
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00001327/// \brief Given a function template or function, extract the function template
1328/// declaration (if any) and the underlying function declaration.
1329template<typename T>
1330static void GetFunctionAndTemplate(AnyFunctionDecl Orig, T *&Function,
1331 FunctionTemplateDecl *&FunctionTemplate) {
1332 FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Orig);
1333 if (FunctionTemplate)
1334 Function = cast<T>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
1335 else
1336 Function = cast<T>(Orig);
1337}
1338
Douglas Gregor734d9862009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001339/// Determines whether there is a user-defined conversion sequence
1340/// (C++ [over.ics.user]) that converts expression From to the type
1341/// ToType. If such a conversion exists, User will contain the
1342/// user-defined conversion sequence that performs such a conversion
1343/// and this routine will return true. Otherwise, this routine returns
1344/// false and User is unspecified.
1345///
1346/// \param AllowConversionFunctions true if the conversion should
1347/// consider conversion functions at all. If false, only constructors
1348/// will be considered.
1349///
1350/// \param AllowExplicit true if the conversion should consider C++0x
1351/// "explicit" conversion functions as well as non-explicit conversion
1352/// functions (C++0x [class.conv.fct]p2).
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00001353///
1354/// \param ForceRValue true if the expression should be treated as an rvalue
1355/// for overload resolution.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001356bool Sema::IsUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00001357 UserDefinedConversionSequence& User,
Douglas Gregor734d9862009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001358 bool AllowConversionFunctions,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001359 bool AllowExplicit, bool ForceRValue) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001360 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001361 if (const RecordType *ToRecordType = ToType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001362 if (CXXRecordDecl *ToRecordDecl
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001363 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ToRecordType->getDecl())) {
1364 // C++ [over.match.ctor]p1:
1365 // When objects of class type are direct-initialized (8.5), or
1366 // copy-initialized from an expression of the same or a
1367 // derived class type (8.5), overload resolution selects the
1368 // constructor. [...] For copy-initialization, the candidate
1369 // functions are all the converting constructors (12.3.1) of
1370 // that class. The argument list is the expression-list within
1371 // the parentheses of the initializer.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001372 DeclarationName ConstructorName
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001373 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
1374 Context.getCanonicalType(ToType).getUnqualifiedType());
1375 DeclContext::lookup_iterator Con, ConEnd;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001376 for (llvm::tie(Con, ConEnd)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001377 = ToRecordDecl->lookup(ConstructorName);
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001378 Con != ConEnd; ++Con) {
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001379 // Find the constructor (which may be a template).
1380 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = 0;
1381 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConstructorTmpl
1382 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Con);
1383 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001384 Constructor
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001385 = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ConstructorTmpl->getTemplatedDecl());
1386 else
1387 Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(*Con);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001388
Fariborz Jahanian52ab92b2009-08-06 17:22:51 +00001389 if (!Constructor->isInvalidDecl() &&
Anders Carlssonfaccd722009-08-28 16:57:08 +00001390 Constructor->isConvertingConstructor(AllowExplicit)) {
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001391 if (ConstructorTmpl)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001392 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(ConstructorTmpl, false, 0, 0, &From,
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001393 1, CandidateSet,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001394 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true,
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00001395 ForceRValue);
1396 else
1397 AddOverloadCandidate(Constructor, &From, 1, CandidateSet,
1398 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true, ForceRValue);
1399 }
Douglas Gregorc1efaec2009-02-28 01:32:25 +00001400 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001401 }
1402 }
1403
Douglas Gregor734d9862009-01-30 23:27:23 +00001404 if (!AllowConversionFunctions) {
1405 // Don't allow any conversion functions to enter the overload set.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001406 } else if (RequireCompleteType(From->getLocStart(), From->getType(),
1407 PDiag(0)
Anders Carlssonb7906612009-08-26 23:45:07 +00001408 << From->getSourceRange())) {
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00001409 // No conversion functions from incomplete types.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001410 } else if (const RecordType *FromRecordType
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001411 = From->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001412 if (CXXRecordDecl *FromRecordDecl
Fariborz Jahanian8664ad52009-09-11 18:46:22 +00001413 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FromRecordType->getDecl())) {
1414 // Add all of the conversion functions as candidates.
1415 // FIXME: Look for conversions in base classes!
1416 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions
1417 = FromRecordDecl->getConversionFunctions();
1418 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func
1419 = Conversions->function_begin();
1420 Func != Conversions->function_end(); ++Func) {
1421 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
1422 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
1423 GetFunctionAndTemplate(*Func, Conv, ConvTemplate);
1424 if (ConvTemplate)
1425 Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(ConvTemplate->getTemplatedDecl());
1426 else
1427 Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(*Func);
1428
1429 if (AllowExplicit || !Conv->isExplicit()) {
1430 if (ConvTemplate)
1431 AddTemplateConversionCandidate(ConvTemplate, From, ToType,
1432 CandidateSet);
1433 else
1434 AddConversionCandidate(Conv, From, ToType, CandidateSet);
1435 }
1436 }
1437 }
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001438 }
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001439
1440 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001441 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, From->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001442 case OR_Success:
1443 // Record the standard conversion we used and the conversion function.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001444 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001445 = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1446 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1447 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1448 // constructor (12.3.1), the initial standard conversion
1449 // sequence converts the source type to the type required by
1450 // the argument of the constructor.
1451 //
1452 // FIXME: What about ellipsis conversions?
1453 QualType ThisType = Constructor->getThisType(Context);
1454 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1455 User.ConversionFunction = Constructor;
1456 User.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001457 User.After.FromTypePtr
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001458 = ThisType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getAsOpaquePtr();
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001459 User.After.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
1460 return true;
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001461 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
1462 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Best->Function)) {
1463 // C++ [over.ics.user]p1:
1464 //
1465 // [...] If the user-defined conversion is specified by a
1466 // conversion function (12.3.2), the initial standard
1467 // conversion sequence converts the source type to the
1468 // implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
1469 User.Before = Best->Conversions[0].Standard;
1470 User.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001471
1472 // C++ [over.ics.user]p2:
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001473 // The second standard conversion sequence converts the
1474 // result of the user-defined conversion to the target type
1475 // for the sequence. Since an implicit conversion sequence
1476 // is an initialization, the special rules for
1477 // initialization by user-defined conversion apply when
1478 // selecting the best user-defined conversion for a
1479 // user-defined conversion sequence (see 13.3.3 and
1480 // 13.3.3.1).
1481 User.After = Best->FinalConversion;
1482 return true;
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001483 } else {
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00001484 assert(false && "Not a constructor or conversion function?");
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001485 return false;
1486 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001487
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001488 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001489 case OR_Deleted:
Douglas Gregor60d62c22008-10-31 16:23:19 +00001490 // No conversion here! We're done.
1491 return false;
1492
1493 case OR_Ambiguous:
1494 // FIXME: See C++ [over.best.ics]p10 for the handling of
1495 // ambiguous conversion sequences.
1496 return false;
1497 }
1498
1499 return false;
1500}
1501
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001502/// CompareImplicitConversionSequences - Compare two implicit
1503/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1504/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001505ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001506Sema::CompareImplicitConversionSequences(const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS1,
1507 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS2)
1508{
1509 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p2): When comparing the basic forms of implicit
1510 // conversion sequences (as defined in 13.3.3.1)
1511 // -- a standard conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.1) is a better
1512 // conversion sequence than a user-defined conversion sequence or
1513 // an ellipsis conversion sequence, and
1514 // -- a user-defined conversion sequence (13.3.3.1.2) is a better
1515 // conversion sequence than an ellipsis conversion sequence
1516 // (13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001517 //
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001518 if (ICS1.ConversionKind < ICS2.ConversionKind)
1519 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1520 else if (ICS2.ConversionKind < ICS1.ConversionKind)
1521 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1522
1523 // Two implicit conversion sequences of the same form are
1524 // indistinguishable conversion sequences unless one of the
1525 // following rules apply: (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1526 if (ICS1.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion)
1527 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.Standard, ICS2.Standard);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001528 else if (ICS1.ConversionKind ==
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001529 ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion) {
1530 // User-defined conversion sequence U1 is a better conversion
1531 // sequence than another user-defined conversion sequence U2 if
1532 // they contain the same user-defined conversion function or
1533 // constructor and if the second standard conversion sequence of
1534 // U1 is better than the second standard conversion sequence of
1535 // U2 (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001536 if (ICS1.UserDefined.ConversionFunction ==
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001537 ICS2.UserDefined.ConversionFunction)
1538 return CompareStandardConversionSequences(ICS1.UserDefined.After,
1539 ICS2.UserDefined.After);
1540 }
1541
1542 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1543}
1544
1545/// CompareStandardConversionSequences - Compare two standard
1546/// conversion sequences to determine whether one is better than the
1547/// other or if they are indistinguishable (C++ 13.3.3.2p3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001548ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001549Sema::CompareStandardConversionSequences(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1550 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2)
1551{
1552 // Standard conversion sequence S1 is a better conversion sequence
1553 // than standard conversion sequence S2 if (C++ 13.3.3.2p3):
1554
1555 // -- S1 is a proper subsequence of S2 (comparing the conversion
1556 // sequences in the canonical form defined by 13.3.3.1.1,
1557 // excluding any Lvalue Transformation; the identity conversion
1558 // sequence is considered to be a subsequence of any
1559 // non-identity conversion sequence) or, if not that,
1560 if (SCS1.Second == SCS2.Second && SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third)
1561 // Neither is a proper subsequence of the other. Do nothing.
1562 ;
1563 else if ((SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity && SCS1.Third == SCS2.Third) ||
1564 (SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity && SCS1.Second == SCS2.Second) ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001565 (SCS1.Second == ICK_Identity &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001566 SCS1.Third == ICK_Identity))
1567 // SCS1 is a proper subsequence of SCS2.
1568 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1569 else if ((SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity && SCS2.Third == SCS1.Third) ||
1570 (SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity && SCS2.Second == SCS1.Second) ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001571 (SCS2.Second == ICK_Identity &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001572 SCS2.Third == ICK_Identity))
1573 // SCS2 is a proper subsequence of SCS1.
1574 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1575
1576 // -- the rank of S1 is better than the rank of S2 (by the rules
1577 // defined below), or, if not that,
1578 ImplicitConversionRank Rank1 = SCS1.getRank();
1579 ImplicitConversionRank Rank2 = SCS2.getRank();
1580 if (Rank1 < Rank2)
1581 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1582 else if (Rank2 < Rank1)
1583 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001584
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001585 // (C++ 13.3.3.2p4): Two conversion sequences with the same rank
1586 // are indistinguishable unless one of the following rules
1587 // applies:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001588
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001589 // A conversion that is not a conversion of a pointer, or
1590 // pointer to member, to bool is better than another conversion
1591 // that is such a conversion.
1592 if (SCS1.isPointerConversionToBool() != SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool())
1593 return SCS2.isPointerConversionToBool()
1594 ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1595 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1596
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001597 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b2:
1598 //
1599 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A,
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001600 // conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of B* to
1601 // void*, and conversion of A* to void* is better than conversion
1602 // of B* to void*.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001603 bool SCS1ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001604 = SCS1.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001605 bool SCS2ConvertsToVoid
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001606 = SCS2.isPointerConversionToVoidPointer(Context);
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001607 if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid != SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1608 // Exactly one of the conversion sequences is a conversion to
1609 // a void pointer; it's the worse conversion.
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001610 return SCS2ConvertsToVoid ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1611 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001612 } else if (!SCS1ConvertsToVoid && !SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1613 // Neither conversion sequence converts to a void pointer; compare
1614 // their derived-to-base conversions.
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001615 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind DerivedCK
1616 = CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
1617 return DerivedCK;
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001618 } else if (SCS1ConvertsToVoid && SCS2ConvertsToVoid) {
1619 // Both conversion sequences are conversions to void
1620 // pointers. Compare the source types to determine if there's an
1621 // inheritance relationship in their sources.
1622 QualType FromType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.FromTypePtr);
1623 QualType FromType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.FromTypePtr);
1624
1625 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1626 // conversion, if we need to.
1627 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1628 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1629 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1630 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1631
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001632 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001633 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001634 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001635 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001636
1637 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1638 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1639 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1640 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001641
1642 // Objective-C++: If one interface is more specific than the
1643 // other, it is the better one.
1644 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
1645 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
1646 if (FromIface1 && FromIface1) {
1647 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
1648 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1649 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
1650 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1651 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001652 }
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001653
1654 // Compare based on qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3,
1655 // bullet 3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001656 if (ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind QualCK
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001657 = CompareQualificationConversions(SCS1, SCS2))
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001658 return QualCK;
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001659
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001660 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding) {
Sebastian Redlf2e21e52009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001661 // C++0x [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1662 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3) and neither refers to an
1663 // implicit object parameter of a non-static member function declared
1664 // without a ref-qualifier, and S1 binds an rvalue reference to an
1665 // rvalue and S2 binds an lvalue reference.
Sebastian Redla9845802009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001666 // FIXME: We don't know if we're dealing with the implicit object parameter,
1667 // or if the member function in this case has a ref qualifier.
1668 // (Of course, we don't have ref qualifiers yet.)
1669 if (SCS1.RRefBinding != SCS2.RRefBinding)
1670 return SCS1.RRefBinding ? ImplicitConversionSequence::Better
1671 : ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Sebastian Redlf2e21e52009-03-22 23:49:27 +00001672
1673 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p3b4:
1674 // -- S1 and S2 are reference bindings (8.5.3), and the types to
1675 // which the references refer are the same type except for
1676 // top-level cv-qualifiers, and the type to which the reference
1677 // initialized by S2 refers is more cv-qualified than the type
1678 // to which the reference initialized by S1 refers.
Sebastian Redla9845802009-03-29 15:27:50 +00001679 QualType T1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1680 QualType T2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001681 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1682 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
1683 if (T1.getUnqualifiedType() == T2.getUnqualifiedType()) {
1684 if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1))
1685 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1686 else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2))
1687 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1688 }
1689 }
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001690
1691 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1692}
1693
1694/// CompareQualificationConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1695/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001696/// qualification conversions (C++ 13.3.3.2p3 bullet 3).
1697ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001698Sema::CompareQualificationConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001699 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
Douglas Gregorba7e2102008-10-22 15:04:37 +00001700 // C++ 13.3.3.2p3:
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001701 // -- S1 and S2 differ only in their qualification conversion and
1702 // yield similar types T1 and T2 (C++ 4.4), respectively, and the
1703 // cv-qualification signature of type T1 is a proper subset of
1704 // the cv-qualification signature of type T2, and S1 is not the
1705 // deprecated string literal array-to-pointer conversion (4.2).
1706 if (SCS1.First != SCS2.First || SCS1.Second != SCS2.Second ||
1707 SCS1.Third != SCS2.Third || SCS1.Third != ICK_Qualification)
1708 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1709
1710 // FIXME: the example in the standard doesn't use a qualification
1711 // conversion (!)
1712 QualType T1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1713 QualType T2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
1714 T1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1);
1715 T2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
1716
1717 // If the types are the same, we won't learn anything by unwrapped
1718 // them.
1719 if (T1.getUnqualifiedType() == T2.getUnqualifiedType())
1720 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1721
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001722 ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind Result
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001723 = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1724 while (UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(T1, T2)) {
1725 // Within each iteration of the loop, we check the qualifiers to
1726 // determine if this still looks like a qualification
1727 // conversion. Then, if all is well, we unwrap one more level of
Douglas Gregorf8268ae2008-10-22 17:49:05 +00001728 // pointers or pointers-to-members and do it all again
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001729 // until there are no more pointers or pointers-to-members left
1730 // to unwrap. This essentially mimics what
1731 // IsQualificationConversion does, but here we're checking for a
1732 // strict subset of qualifiers.
1733 if (T1.getCVRQualifiers() == T2.getCVRQualifiers())
1734 // The qualifiers are the same, so this doesn't tell us anything
1735 // about how the sequences rank.
1736 ;
1737 else if (T2.isMoreQualifiedThan(T1)) {
1738 // T1 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1739 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse)
1740 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1741 // qualifiers.
1742 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001743
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001744 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1745 } else if (T1.isMoreQualifiedThan(T2)) {
1746 // T2 has fewer qualifiers, so it could be the better sequence.
1747 if (Result == ImplicitConversionSequence::Better)
1748 // Neither has qualifiers that are a subset of the other's
1749 // qualifiers.
1750 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001751
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001752 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1753 } else {
1754 // Qualifiers are disjoint.
1755 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1756 }
1757
1758 // If the types after this point are equivalent, we're done.
1759 if (T1.getUnqualifiedType() == T2.getUnqualifiedType())
1760 break;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001761 }
1762
Douglas Gregor57373262008-10-22 14:17:15 +00001763 // Check that the winning standard conversion sequence isn't using
1764 // the deprecated string literal array to pointer conversion.
1765 switch (Result) {
1766 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
1767 if (SCS1.Deprecated)
1768 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1769 break;
1770
1771 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
1772 break;
1773
1774 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
1775 if (SCS2.Deprecated)
1776 Result = ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1777 break;
1778 }
1779
1780 return Result;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001781}
1782
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001783/// CompareDerivedToBaseConversions - Compares two standard conversion
1784/// sequences to determine whether they can be ranked based on their
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001785/// various kinds of derived-to-base conversions (C++
1786/// [over.ics.rank]p4b3). As part of these checks, we also look at
1787/// conversions between Objective-C interface types.
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001788ImplicitConversionSequence::CompareKind
1789Sema::CompareDerivedToBaseConversions(const StandardConversionSequence& SCS1,
1790 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS2) {
1791 QualType FromType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.FromTypePtr);
1792 QualType ToType1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS1.ToTypePtr);
1793 QualType FromType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.FromTypePtr);
1794 QualType ToType2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(SCS2.ToTypePtr);
1795
1796 // Adjust the types we're converting from via the array-to-pointer
1797 // conversion, if we need to.
1798 if (SCS1.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1799 FromType1 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType1);
1800 if (SCS2.First == ICK_Array_To_Pointer)
1801 FromType2 = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType2);
1802
1803 // Canonicalize all of the types.
1804 FromType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType1);
1805 ToType1 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType1);
1806 FromType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType2);
1807 ToType2 = Context.getCanonicalType(ToType2);
1808
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001809 // C++ [over.ics.rank]p4b3:
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001810 //
1811 // If class B is derived directly or indirectly from class A and
1812 // class C is derived directly or indirectly from B,
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001813 //
1814 // For Objective-C, we let A, B, and C also be Objective-C
1815 // interfaces.
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001816
1817 // Compare based on pointer conversions.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001818 if (SCS1.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
Douglas Gregor7ca09762008-11-27 01:19:21 +00001819 SCS2.Second == ICK_Pointer_Conversion &&
1820 /*FIXME: Remove if Objective-C id conversions get their own rank*/
1821 FromType1->isPointerType() && FromType2->isPointerType() &&
1822 ToType1->isPointerType() && ToType2->isPointerType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001823 QualType FromPointee1
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001824 = FromType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001825 QualType ToPointee1
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001826 = ToType1->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001827 QualType FromPointee2
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001828 = FromType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001829 QualType ToPointee2
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001830 = ToType2->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType().getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001831
1832 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface1 = FromPointee1->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
1833 const ObjCInterfaceType* FromIface2 = FromPointee2->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
1834 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface1 = ToPointee1->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
1835 const ObjCInterfaceType* ToIface2 = ToPointee2->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
1836
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001837 // -- conversion of C* to B* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001838 if (FromPointee1 == FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 != ToPointee2) {
1839 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee1, ToPointee2))
1840 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1841 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToPointee2, ToPointee1))
1842 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001843
1844 if (ToIface1 && ToIface2) {
1845 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface2, ToIface1))
1846 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1847 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(ToIface1, ToIface2))
1848 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1849 }
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001850 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001851
1852 // -- conversion of B* to A* is better than conversion of C* to A*,
1853 if (FromPointee1 != FromPointee2 && ToPointee1 == ToPointee2) {
1854 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee2, FromPointee1))
1855 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1856 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromPointee1, FromPointee2))
1857 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001858
Douglas Gregorcb7de522008-11-26 23:31:11 +00001859 if (FromIface1 && FromIface2) {
1860 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface1, FromIface2))
1861 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1862 else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(FromIface2, FromIface1))
1863 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1864 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001865 }
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001866 }
1867
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001868 // Compare based on reference bindings.
1869 if (SCS1.ReferenceBinding && SCS2.ReferenceBinding &&
1870 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
1871 // -- binding of an expression of type C to a reference of type
1872 // B& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
1873 // reference of type A&,
1874 if (FromType1.getUnqualifiedType() == FromType2.getUnqualifiedType() &&
1875 ToType1.getUnqualifiedType() != ToType2.getUnqualifiedType()) {
1876 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
1877 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1878 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
1879 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1880 }
1881
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001882 // -- binding of an expression of type B to a reference of type
1883 // A& is better than binding an expression of type C to a
1884 // reference of type A&,
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001885 if (FromType1.getUnqualifiedType() != FromType2.getUnqualifiedType() &&
1886 ToType1.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType2.getUnqualifiedType()) {
1887 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
1888 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1889 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
1890 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1891 }
1892 }
1893
1894
1895 // FIXME: conversion of A::* to B::* is better than conversion of
1896 // A::* to C::*,
1897
1898 // FIXME: conversion of B::* to C::* is better than conversion of
1899 // A::* to C::*, and
1900
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001901 if (SCS1.CopyConstructor && SCS2.CopyConstructor &&
1902 SCS1.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
1903 // -- conversion of C to B is better than conversion of C to A,
1904 if (FromType1.getUnqualifiedType() == FromType2.getUnqualifiedType() &&
1905 ToType1.getUnqualifiedType() != ToType2.getUnqualifiedType()) {
1906 if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType1, ToType2))
1907 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1908 else if (IsDerivedFrom(ToType2, ToType1))
1909 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1910 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001911
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001912 // -- conversion of B to A is better than conversion of C to A.
1913 if (FromType1.getUnqualifiedType() != FromType2.getUnqualifiedType() &&
1914 ToType1.getUnqualifiedType() == ToType2.getUnqualifiedType()) {
1915 if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType2, FromType1))
1916 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Better;
1917 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType1, FromType2))
1918 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse;
1919 }
1920 }
Douglas Gregorf70bdb92008-10-29 14:50:44 +00001921
Douglas Gregorbc0805a2008-10-23 00:40:37 +00001922 return ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable;
1923}
1924
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00001925/// TryCopyInitialization - Try to copy-initialize a value of type
1926/// ToType from the expression From. Return the implicit conversion
1927/// sequence required to pass this argument, which may be a bad
1928/// conversion sequence (meaning that the argument cannot be passed to
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00001929/// a parameter of this type). If @p SuppressUserConversions, then we
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00001930/// do not permit any user-defined conversion sequences. If @p ForceRValue,
1931/// then we treat @p From as an rvalue, even if it is an lvalue.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001932ImplicitConversionSequence
1933Sema::TryCopyInitialization(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00001934 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue,
1935 bool InOverloadResolution) {
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00001936 if (ToType->isReferenceType()) {
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00001937 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001938 CheckReferenceInit(From, ToType,
Anders Carlsson2de3ace2009-08-27 17:30:43 +00001939 SuppressUserConversions,
1940 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
1941 ForceRValue,
1942 &ICS);
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00001943 return ICS;
1944 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001945 return TryImplicitConversion(From, ToType,
Anders Carlssonda7a18b2009-08-27 17:24:15 +00001946 SuppressUserConversions,
1947 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +00001948 ForceRValue,
1949 InOverloadResolution);
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00001950 }
1951}
1952
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00001953/// PerformCopyInitialization - Copy-initialize an object of type @p ToType with
1954/// the expression @p From. Returns true (and emits a diagnostic) if there was
1955/// an error, returns false if the initialization succeeded. Elidable should
1956/// be true when the copy may be elided (C++ 12.8p15). Overload resolution works
1957/// differently in C++0x for this case.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001958bool Sema::PerformCopyInitialization(Expr *&From, QualType ToType,
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00001959 const char* Flavor, bool Elidable) {
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00001960 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1961 // In C, argument passing is the same as performing an assignment.
1962 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001963
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00001964 AssignConvertType ConvTy =
1965 CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(ToType, From);
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00001966 if (ConvTy != Compatible &&
1967 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, From) == Compatible)
1968 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001969
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00001970 return DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, From->getLocStart(), ToType,
1971 FromType, From, Flavor);
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00001972 }
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00001973
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00001974 if (ToType->isReferenceType())
Anders Carlsson2de3ace2009-08-27 17:30:43 +00001975 return CheckReferenceInit(From, ToType,
1976 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
1977 /*AllowExplicit=*/false,
1978 /*ForceRValue=*/false);
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00001979
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00001980 if (!PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, Flavor,
1981 /*AllowExplicit=*/false, Elidable))
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00001982 return false;
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00001983
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00001984 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1985 diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible)
1986 << ToType << From->getType() << Flavor << From->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor27c8dc02008-10-29 00:13:59 +00001987}
1988
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00001989/// TryObjectArgumentInitialization - Try to initialize the object
1990/// parameter of the given member function (@c Method) from the
1991/// expression @p From.
1992ImplicitConversionSequence
1993Sema::TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
1994 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Method->getParent());
1995 unsigned MethodQuals = Method->getTypeQualifiers();
1996 QualType ImplicitParamType = ClassType.getQualifiedType(MethodQuals);
1997
1998 // Set up the conversion sequence as a "bad" conversion, to allow us
1999 // to exit early.
2000 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS;
2001 ICS.Standard.setAsIdentityConversion();
2002 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion;
2003
2004 // We need to have an object of class type.
2005 QualType FromType = From->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002006 if (const PointerType *PT = FromType->getAs<PointerType>())
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002007 FromType = PT->getPointeeType();
2008
2009 assert(FromType->isRecordType());
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002010
2011 // The implicit object parmeter is has the type "reference to cv X",
2012 // where X is the class of which the function is a member
2013 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p4). However, when finding an implicit
2014 // conversion sequence for the argument, we are not allowed to
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002015 // create temporaries or perform user-defined conversions
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002016 // (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5). We perform a simplified version of
2017 // reference binding here, that allows class rvalues to bind to
2018 // non-constant references.
2019
2020 // First check the qualifiers. We don't care about lvalue-vs-rvalue
2021 // with the implicit object parameter (C++ [over.match.funcs]p5).
2022 QualType FromTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(FromType);
2023 if (ImplicitParamType.getCVRQualifiers() != FromType.getCVRQualifiers() &&
2024 !ImplicitParamType.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FromType))
2025 return ICS;
2026
2027 // Check that we have either the same type or a derived type. It
2028 // affects the conversion rank.
2029 QualType ClassTypeCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType);
2030 if (ClassTypeCanon == FromTypeCanon.getUnqualifiedType())
2031 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Identity;
2032 else if (IsDerivedFrom(FromType, ClassType))
2033 ICS.Standard.Second = ICK_Derived_To_Base;
2034 else
2035 return ICS;
2036
2037 // Success. Mark this as a reference binding.
2038 ICS.ConversionKind = ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion;
2039 ICS.Standard.FromTypePtr = FromType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2040 ICS.Standard.ToTypePtr = ImplicitParamType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2041 ICS.Standard.ReferenceBinding = true;
2042 ICS.Standard.DirectBinding = true;
Sebastian Redl85002392009-03-29 22:46:24 +00002043 ICS.Standard.RRefBinding = false;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002044 return ICS;
2045}
2046
2047/// PerformObjectArgumentInitialization - Perform initialization of
2048/// the implicit object parameter for the given Method with the given
2049/// expression.
2050bool
2051Sema::PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *&From, CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002052 QualType FromRecordType, DestType;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002053 QualType ImplicitParamRecordType =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002054 Method->getThisType(Context)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002055
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002056 if (const PointerType *PT = From->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002057 FromRecordType = PT->getPointeeType();
2058 DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
2059 } else {
2060 FromRecordType = From->getType();
2061 DestType = ImplicitParamRecordType;
2062 }
2063
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002064 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002065 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From, Method);
2066 if (ICS.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion)
2067 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002068 diag::err_implicit_object_parameter_init)
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002069 << ImplicitParamRecordType << FromRecordType << From->getSourceRange();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002070
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002071 if (ICS.Standard.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base &&
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00002072 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
2073 ImplicitParamRecordType,
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002074 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2075 From->getSourceRange()))
2076 return true;
2077
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002078 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
Anders Carlsson116b7d92009-08-07 18:45:49 +00002079 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002080 return false;
2081}
2082
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002083/// TryContextuallyConvertToBool - Attempt to contextually convert the
2084/// expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2085ImplicitConversionSequence Sema::TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002086 return TryImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy,
Anders Carlssonda7a18b2009-08-27 17:24:15 +00002087 // FIXME: Are these flags correct?
2088 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002089 /*AllowExplicit=*/true,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002090 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2091 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002092}
2093
2094/// PerformContextuallyConvertToBool - Perform a contextual conversion
2095/// of the expression From to bool (C++0x [conv]p3).
2096bool Sema::PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *&From) {
2097 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(From);
2098 if (!PerformImplicitConversion(From, Context.BoolTy, ICS, "converting"))
2099 return false;
2100
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002101 return Diag(From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002102 diag::err_typecheck_bool_condition)
2103 << From->getType() << From->getSourceRange();
2104}
2105
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002106/// AddOverloadCandidate - Adds the given function to the set of
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002107/// candidate functions, using the given function call arguments. If
2108/// @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't allow user-defined
2109/// conversions via constructors or conversion operators.
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002110/// If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is a slightly
2111/// hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2112/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002113void
2114Sema::AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002115 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor225c41e2008-11-03 19:09:14 +00002116 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002117 bool SuppressUserConversions,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002118 bool ForceRValue) {
2119 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002120 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Function->getType()->getAsFunctionType());
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002121 assert(Proto && "Functions without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002122 assert(!isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Function) &&
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002123 "Use AddConversionCandidate for conversion functions");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002124 assert(!Function->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002125 "Use AddTemplateOverloadCandidate for function templates");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002126
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002127 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Function)) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002128 if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method)) {
2129 // If we get here, it's because we're calling a member function
2130 // that is named without a member access expression (e.g.,
2131 // "this->f") that was either written explicitly or created
2132 // implicitly. This can happen with a qualified call to a member
2133 // function, e.g., X::f(). We use a NULL object as the implied
2134 // object argument (C++ [over.call.func]p3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002135 AddMethodCandidate(Method, 0, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002136 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2137 return;
2138 }
2139 // We treat a constructor like a non-member function, since its object
2140 // argument doesn't participate in overload resolution.
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002141 }
2142
2143
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002144 // Add this candidate
2145 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2146 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2147 Candidate.Function = Function;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002148 Candidate.Viable = true;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002149 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002150 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002151
2152 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2153
2154 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2155 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2156 // list (8.3.5).
2157 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2158 Candidate.Viable = false;
2159 return;
2160 }
2161
2162 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2163 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2164 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2165 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2166 // exactly m parameters.
2167 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Function->getMinRequiredArguments();
2168 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs) {
2169 // Not enough arguments.
2170 Candidate.Viable = false;
2171 return;
2172 }
2173
2174 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2175 // arguments.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002176 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
2177 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2178 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2179 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2180 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2181 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2182 // parameter of F.
2183 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002184 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
2185 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002186 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
2187 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002188 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002189 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002190 Candidate.Viable = false;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002191 break;
2192 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002193 } else {
2194 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2195 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2196 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002197 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002198 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2199 }
2200 }
2201}
2202
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002203/// \brief Add all of the function declarations in the given function set to
2204/// the overload canddiate set.
2205void Sema::AddFunctionCandidates(const FunctionSet &Functions,
2206 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2207 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2208 bool SuppressUserConversions) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002209 for (FunctionSet::const_iterator F = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002210 FEnd = Functions.end();
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002211 F != FEnd; ++F) {
2212 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*F))
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002213 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002214 SuppressUserConversions);
2215 else
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002216 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*F),
2217 /*FIXME: explicit args */false, 0, 0,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002218 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00002219 SuppressUserConversions);
2220 }
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002221}
2222
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002223/// AddMethodCandidate - Adds the given C++ member function to the set
2224/// of candidate functions, using the given function call arguments
2225/// and the object argument (@c Object). For example, in a call
2226/// @c o.f(a1,a2), @c Object will contain @c o and @c Args will contain
2227/// both @c a1 and @c a2. If @p SuppressUserConversions, then don't
2228/// allow user-defined conversions via constructors or conversion
Sebastian Redle2b68332009-04-12 17:16:29 +00002229/// operators. If @p ForceRValue, treat all arguments as rvalues. This is
2230/// a slightly hacky way to implement the overloading rules for elidable copy
2231/// initialization in C++0x (C++0x 12.8p15).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002232void
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002233Sema::AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, Expr *Object,
2234 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2235 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002236 bool SuppressUserConversions, bool ForceRValue) {
2237 const FunctionProtoType* Proto
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002238 = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType()->getAsFunctionType());
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002239 assert(Proto && "Methods without a prototype cannot be overloaded");
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002240 assert(!isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Method) &&
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002241 "Use AddConversionCandidate for conversion functions");
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00002242 assert(!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method) &&
2243 "Use AddOverloadCandidate for constructors");
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002244
2245 // Add this candidate
2246 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2247 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2248 Candidate.Function = Method;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002249 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002250 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002251
2252 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2253
2254 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2255 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2256 // list (8.3.5).
2257 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2258 Candidate.Viable = false;
2259 return;
2260 }
2261
2262 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having more than m parameters
2263 // is viable only if the (m+1)st parameter has a default argument
2264 // (8.3.6). For the purposes of overload resolution, the
2265 // parameter list is truncated on the right, so that there are
2266 // exactly m parameters.
2267 unsigned MinRequiredArgs = Method->getMinRequiredArguments();
2268 if (NumArgs < MinRequiredArgs) {
2269 // Not enough arguments.
2270 Candidate.Viable = false;
2271 return;
2272 }
2273
2274 Candidate.Viable = true;
2275 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2276
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002277 if (Method->isStatic() || !Object)
2278 // The implicit object argument is ignored.
2279 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = true;
2280 else {
2281 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the object
2282 // parameter.
2283 Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Method);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002284 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002285 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2286 Candidate.Viable = false;
2287 return;
2288 }
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002289 }
2290
2291 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2292 // arguments.
2293 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2294 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2295 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2296 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2297 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2298 // parameter of F.
2299 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002300 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2301 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002302 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue,
Anders Carlsson08972922009-08-28 15:33:32 +00002303 /*InOverloadResolution=*/true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002304 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002305 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2306 Candidate.Viable = false;
2307 break;
2308 }
2309 } else {
2310 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2311 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2312 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002313 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002314 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2315 }
2316 }
2317}
2318
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002319/// \brief Add a C++ member function template as a candidate to the candidate
2320/// set, using template argument deduction to produce an appropriate member
2321/// function template specialization.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002322void
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002323Sema::AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2324 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2325 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2326 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2327 Expr *Object, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2328 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2329 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2330 bool ForceRValue) {
2331 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002332 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002333 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002334 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002335 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2336 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2337 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2338 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2339 // functions.
2340 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2341 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2342 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
2343 = DeduceTemplateArguments(MethodTmpl, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2344 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2345 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
2346 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2347 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2348 (void)Result;
2349 return;
2350 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002351
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002352 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2353 // deduction as a candidate.
2354 assert(Specialization && "Missing member function template specialization?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002355 assert(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization) &&
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002356 "Specialization is not a member function?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002357 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Specialization), Object, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00002358 CandidateSet, SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2359}
2360
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002361/// \brief Add a C++ function template specialization as a candidate
2362/// in the candidate set, using template argument deduction to produce
2363/// an appropriate function template specialization.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002364void
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002365Sema::AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002366 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2367 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2368 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002369 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2370 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2371 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2372 bool ForceRValue) {
2373 // C++ [over.match.funcs]p7:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002374 // In each case where a candidate is a function template, candidate
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002375 // function template specializations are generated using template argument
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002376 // deduction (14.8.3, 14.8.2). Those candidates are then handled as
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002377 // candidate functions in the usual way.113) A given name can refer to one
2378 // or more function templates and also to a set of overloaded non-template
2379 // functions. In such a case, the candidate functions generated from each
2380 // function template are combined with the set of non-template candidate
2381 // functions.
2382 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2383 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2384 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002385 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2386 ExplicitTemplateArgs, NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2387 Args, NumArgs, Specialization, Info)) {
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002388 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2389 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2390 (void)Result;
2391 return;
2392 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002393
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002394 // Add the function template specialization produced by template argument
2395 // deduction as a candidate.
2396 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
2397 AddOverloadCandidate(Specialization, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
2398 SuppressUserConversions, ForceRValue);
2399}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002400
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002401/// AddConversionCandidate - Add a C++ conversion function as a
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002402/// candidate in the candidate set (C++ [over.match.conv],
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002403/// C++ [over.match.copy]). From is the expression we're converting from,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002404/// and ToType is the type that we're eventually trying to convert to
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002405/// (which may or may not be the same type as the type that the
2406/// conversion function produces).
2407void
2408Sema::AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2409 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2410 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002411 assert(!Conversion->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
2412 "Conversion function templates use AddTemplateConversionCandidate");
2413
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002414 // Add this candidate
2415 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2416 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2417 Candidate.Function = Conversion;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002418 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002419 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002420 Candidate.FinalConversion.setAsIdentityConversion();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002421 Candidate.FinalConversion.FromTypePtr
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002422 = Conversion->getConversionType().getAsOpaquePtr();
2423 Candidate.FinalConversion.ToTypePtr = ToType.getAsOpaquePtr();
2424
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002425 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2426 // object parameter.
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002427 Candidate.Viable = true;
2428 Candidate.Conversions.resize(1);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002429 Candidate.Conversions[0] = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(From, Conversion);
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002430
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002431 if (Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002432 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2433 Candidate.Viable = false;
2434 return;
2435 }
2436
2437 // To determine what the conversion from the result of calling the
2438 // conversion function to the type we're eventually trying to
2439 // convert to (ToType), we need to synthesize a call to the
2440 // conversion function and attempt copy initialization from it. This
2441 // makes sure that we get the right semantics with respect to
2442 // lvalues/rvalues and the type. Fortunately, we can allocate this
2443 // call on the stack and we don't need its arguments to be
2444 // well-formed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002445 DeclRefExpr ConversionRef(Conversion, Conversion->getType(),
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002446 SourceLocation());
2447 ImplicitCastExpr ConversionFn(Context.getPointerType(Conversion->getType()),
Anders Carlssoncdef2b72009-07-31 00:48:10 +00002448 CastExpr::CK_Unknown,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002449 &ConversionRef, false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002450
2451 // Note that it is safe to allocate CallExpr on the stack here because
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002452 // there are 0 arguments (i.e., nothing is allocated using ASTContext's
2453 // allocator).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002454 CallExpr Call(Context, &ConversionFn, 0, 0,
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002455 Conversion->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(),
2456 SourceLocation());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002457 ImplicitConversionSequence ICS =
2458 TryCopyInitialization(&Call, ToType,
Anders Carlssond28b4282009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002459 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/true,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002460 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2461 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002462
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002463 switch (ICS.ConversionKind) {
2464 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion:
2465 Candidate.FinalConversion = ICS.Standard;
2466 break;
2467
2468 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
2469 Candidate.Viable = false;
2470 break;
2471
2472 default:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002473 assert(false &&
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00002474 "Can only end up with a standard conversion sequence or failure");
2475 }
2476}
2477
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002478/// \brief Adds a conversion function template specialization
2479/// candidate to the overload set, using template argument deduction
2480/// to deduce the template arguments of the conversion function
2481/// template from the type that we are converting to (C++
2482/// [temp.deduct.conv]).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002483void
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002484Sema::AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2485 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2486 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
2487 assert(isa<CXXConversionDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl()) &&
2488 "Only conversion function templates permitted here");
2489
2490 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
2491 CXXConversionDecl *Specialization = 0;
2492 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002493 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, ToType,
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002494 Specialization, Info)) {
2495 // FIXME: Record what happened with template argument deduction, so
2496 // that we can give the user a beautiful diagnostic.
2497 (void)Result;
2498 return;
2499 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002500
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002501 // Add the conversion function template specialization produced by
2502 // template argument deduction as a candidate.
2503 assert(Specialization && "Missing function template specialization?");
2504 AddConversionCandidate(Specialization, From, ToType, CandidateSet);
2505}
2506
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002507/// AddSurrogateCandidate - Adds a "surrogate" candidate function that
2508/// converts the given @c Object to a function pointer via the
2509/// conversion function @c Conversion, and then attempts to call it
2510/// with the given arguments (C++ [over.call.object]p2-4). Proto is
2511/// the type of function that we'll eventually be calling.
2512void Sema::AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002513 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002514 Expr *Object, Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2515 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
2516 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2517 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2518 Candidate.Function = 0;
2519 Candidate.Surrogate = Conversion;
2520 Candidate.Viable = true;
2521 Candidate.IsSurrogate = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002522 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002523 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs + 1);
2524
2525 // Determine the implicit conversion sequence for the implicit
2526 // object parameter.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002527 ImplicitConversionSequence ObjectInit
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002528 = TryObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Conversion);
2529 if (ObjectInit.ConversionKind == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2530 Candidate.Viable = false;
2531 return;
2532 }
2533
2534 // The first conversion is actually a user-defined conversion whose
2535 // first conversion is ObjectInit's standard conversion (which is
2536 // effectively a reference binding). Record it as such.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002537 Candidate.Conversions[0].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002538 = ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion;
2539 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before = ObjectInit.Standard;
2540 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction = Conversion;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002541 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002542 = Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.Before;
2543 Candidate.Conversions[0].UserDefined.After.setAsIdentityConversion();
2544
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002545 // Find the
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002546 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2547
2548 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): A candidate function having fewer than m
2549 // parameters is viable only if it has an ellipsis in its parameter
2550 // list (8.3.5).
2551 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto && !Proto->isVariadic()) {
2552 Candidate.Viable = false;
2553 return;
2554 }
2555
2556 // Function types don't have any default arguments, so just check if
2557 // we have enough arguments.
2558 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2559 // Not enough arguments.
2560 Candidate.Viable = false;
2561 return;
2562 }
2563
2564 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2565 // arguments.
2566 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
2567 if (ArgIdx < NumArgsInProto) {
2568 // (C++ 13.3.2p3): for F to be a viable function, there shall
2569 // exist for each argument an implicit conversion sequence
2570 // (13.3.3.1) that converts that argument to the corresponding
2571 // parameter of F.
2572 QualType ParamType = Proto->getArgType(ArgIdx);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002573 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1]
2574 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamType,
Anders Carlssond28b4282009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002575 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002576 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2577 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002578 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002579 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
2580 Candidate.Viable = false;
2581 break;
2582 }
2583 } else {
2584 // (C++ 13.3.2p2): For the purposes of overload resolution, any
2585 // argument for which there is no corresponding parameter is
2586 // considered to ""match the ellipsis" (C+ 13.3.3.1.3).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002587 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx + 1].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00002588 = ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion;
2589 }
2590 }
2591}
2592
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002593// FIXME: This will eventually be removed, once we've migrated all of the
2594// operator overloading logic over to the scheme used by binary operators, which
2595// works for template instantiation.
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002596void Sema::AddOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
Douglas Gregorf680a0f2009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002597 SourceLocation OpLoc,
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002598 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorf680a0f2009-02-04 16:44:47 +00002599 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2600 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002601
2602 FunctionSet Functions;
2603
2604 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
2605 QualType T2;
2606 if (NumArgs > 1)
2607 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2608
2609 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00002610 if (S)
2611 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(Op, S, T1, T2, Functions);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00002612 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, NumArgs, Functions);
2613 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
2614 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet, OpRange);
2615 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
2616}
2617
2618/// \brief Add overload candidates for overloaded operators that are
2619/// member functions.
2620///
2621/// Add the overloaded operator candidates that are member functions
2622/// for the operator Op that was used in an operator expression such
2623/// as "x Op y". , Args/NumArgs provides the operator arguments, and
2624/// CandidateSet will store the added overload candidates. (C++
2625/// [over.match.oper]).
2626void Sema::AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2627 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2628 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2629 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2630 SourceRange OpRange) {
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002631 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
2632
2633 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
2634 // For a unary operator @ with an operand of a type whose
2635 // cv-unqualified version is T1, and for a binary operator @ with
2636 // a left operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T1 and
2637 // a right operand of a type whose cv-unqualified version is T2,
2638 // three sets of candidate functions, designated member
2639 // candidates, non-member candidates and built-in candidates, are
2640 // constructed as follows:
2641 QualType T1 = Args[0]->getType();
2642 QualType T2;
2643 if (NumArgs > 1)
2644 T2 = Args[1]->getType();
2645
2646 // -- If T1 is a class type, the set of member candidates is the
2647 // result of the qualified lookup of T1::operator@
2648 // (13.3.1.1.1); otherwise, the set of member candidates is
2649 // empty.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002650 if (const RecordType *T1Rec = T1->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor8a5ae242009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002651 // Complete the type if it can be completed. Otherwise, we're done.
2652 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, T1, PartialDiagnostic(0)))
2653 return;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002654
2655 LookupResult Operators = LookupQualifiedName(T1Rec->getDecl(), OpName,
Douglas Gregor8a5ae242009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002656 LookupOrdinaryName, false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002657 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = Operators.begin(),
Douglas Gregor8a5ae242009-08-27 23:35:55 +00002658 OperEnd = Operators.end();
2659 Oper != OperEnd;
2660 ++Oper)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002661 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Oper), Args[0],
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002662 Args+1, NumArgs - 1, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002663 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002664 }
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002665}
2666
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002667/// AddBuiltinCandidate - Add a candidate for a built-in
2668/// operator. ResultTy and ParamTys are the result and parameter types
2669/// of the built-in candidate, respectively. Args and NumArgs are the
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002670/// arguments being passed to the candidate. IsAssignmentOperator
2671/// should be true when this built-in candidate is an assignment
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002672/// operator. NumContextualBoolArguments is the number of arguments
2673/// (at the beginning of the argument list) that will be contextually
2674/// converted to bool.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002675void Sema::AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002676 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002677 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002678 bool IsAssignmentOperator,
2679 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002680 // Add this candidate
2681 CandidateSet.push_back(OverloadCandidate());
2682 OverloadCandidate& Candidate = CandidateSet.back();
2683 Candidate.Function = 0;
Douglas Gregorc9467cf2008-12-12 02:00:36 +00002684 Candidate.IsSurrogate = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002685 Candidate.IgnoreObjectArgument = false;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002686 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ResultTy = ResultTy;
2687 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
2688 Candidate.BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[ArgIdx] = ParamTys[ArgIdx];
2689
2690 // Determine the implicit conversion sequences for each of the
2691 // arguments.
2692 Candidate.Viable = true;
2693 Candidate.Conversions.resize(NumArgs);
2694 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002695 // C++ [over.match.oper]p4:
2696 // For the built-in assignment operators, conversions of the
2697 // left operand are restricted as follows:
2698 // -- no temporaries are introduced to hold the left operand, and
2699 // -- no user-defined conversions are applied to the left
2700 // operand to achieve a type match with the left-most
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002701 // parameter of a built-in candidate.
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00002702 //
2703 // We block these conversions by turning off user-defined
2704 // conversions, since that is the only way that initialization of
2705 // a reference to a non-class type can occur from something that
2706 // is not of the same type.
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002707 if (ArgIdx < NumContextualBoolArguments) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002708 assert(ParamTys[ArgIdx] == Context.BoolTy &&
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002709 "Contextual conversion to bool requires bool type");
2710 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx] = TryContextuallyConvertToBool(Args[ArgIdx]);
2711 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002712 Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx]
2713 = TryCopyInitialization(Args[ArgIdx], ParamTys[ArgIdx],
Anders Carlssond28b4282009-08-27 17:18:13 +00002714 ArgIdx == 0 && IsAssignmentOperator,
Anders Carlsson7b361b52009-08-27 17:37:39 +00002715 /*ForceRValue=*/false,
2716 /*InOverloadResolution=*/false);
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002717 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002718 if (Candidate.Conversions[ArgIdx].ConversionKind
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002719 == ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002720 Candidate.Viable = false;
Douglas Gregor96176b32008-11-18 23:14:02 +00002721 break;
2722 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002723 }
2724}
2725
2726/// BuiltinCandidateTypeSet - A set of types that will be used for the
2727/// candidate operator functions for built-in operators (C++
2728/// [over.built]). The types are separated into pointer types and
2729/// enumeration types.
2730class BuiltinCandidateTypeSet {
2731 /// TypeSet - A set of types.
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00002732 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> TypeSet;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002733
2734 /// PointerTypes - The set of pointer types that will be used in the
2735 /// built-in candidates.
2736 TypeSet PointerTypes;
2737
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002738 /// MemberPointerTypes - The set of member pointer types that will be
2739 /// used in the built-in candidates.
2740 TypeSet MemberPointerTypes;
2741
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002742 /// EnumerationTypes - The set of enumeration types that will be
2743 /// used in the built-in candidates.
2744 TypeSet EnumerationTypes;
2745
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00002746 /// Sema - The semantic analysis instance where we are building the
2747 /// candidate type set.
2748 Sema &SemaRef;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002749
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002750 /// Context - The AST context in which we will build the type sets.
2751 ASTContext &Context;
2752
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002753 bool AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty);
2754 bool AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002755
2756public:
2757 /// iterator - Iterates through the types that are part of the set.
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00002758 typedef TypeSet::iterator iterator;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002759
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002760 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet(Sema &SemaRef)
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00002761 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Context(SemaRef.Context) { }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002762
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002763 void AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty, bool AllowUserConversions,
2764 bool AllowExplicitConversions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002765
2766 /// pointer_begin - First pointer type found;
2767 iterator pointer_begin() { return PointerTypes.begin(); }
2768
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002769 /// pointer_end - Past the last pointer type found;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002770 iterator pointer_end() { return PointerTypes.end(); }
2771
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002772 /// member_pointer_begin - First member pointer type found;
2773 iterator member_pointer_begin() { return MemberPointerTypes.begin(); }
2774
2775 /// member_pointer_end - Past the last member pointer type found;
2776 iterator member_pointer_end() { return MemberPointerTypes.end(); }
2777
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002778 /// enumeration_begin - First enumeration type found;
2779 iterator enumeration_begin() { return EnumerationTypes.begin(); }
2780
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002781 /// enumeration_end - Past the last enumeration type found;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002782 iterator enumeration_end() { return EnumerationTypes.end(); }
2783};
2784
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002785/// AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty to
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002786/// the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
2787/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
2788/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
2789/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
2790/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
2791/// false otherwise.
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002792bool
2793BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(QualType Ty) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002794 // Insert this type.
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00002795 if (!PointerTypes.insert(Ty))
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002796 return false;
2797
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002798 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002799 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
2800 // FIXME: Optimize this so that we don't keep trying to add the same types.
2801
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002802 // FIXME: Do we have to add CVR qualifiers at *all* levels to deal with all
2803 // pointer conversions that don't cast away constness?
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002804 if (!PointeeTy.isConstQualified())
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002805 AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002806 (Context.getPointerType(PointeeTy.withConst()));
2807 if (!PointeeTy.isVolatileQualified())
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002808 AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002809 (Context.getPointerType(PointeeTy.withVolatile()));
2810 if (!PointeeTy.isRestrictQualified())
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002811 AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002812 (Context.getPointerType(PointeeTy.withRestrict()));
2813 }
2814
2815 return true;
2816}
2817
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002818/// AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants - Add the pointer type @p Ty
2819/// to the set of pointer types along with any more-qualified variants of
2820/// that type. For example, if @p Ty is "int const *", this routine
2821/// will add "int const *", "int const volatile *", "int const
2822/// restrict *", and "int const volatile restrict *" to the set of
2823/// pointer types. Returns true if the add of @p Ty itself succeeded,
2824/// false otherwise.
2825bool
2826BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(
2827 QualType Ty) {
2828 // Insert this type.
2829 if (!MemberPointerTypes.insert(Ty))
2830 return false;
2831
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002832 if (const MemberPointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002833 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
2834 const Type *ClassTy = PointerTy->getClass();
2835 // FIXME: Optimize this so that we don't keep trying to add the same types.
2836
2837 if (!PointeeTy.isConstQualified())
2838 AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants
2839 (Context.getMemberPointerType(PointeeTy.withConst(), ClassTy));
2840 if (!PointeeTy.isVolatileQualified())
2841 AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants
2842 (Context.getMemberPointerType(PointeeTy.withVolatile(), ClassTy));
2843 if (!PointeeTy.isRestrictQualified())
2844 AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants
2845 (Context.getMemberPointerType(PointeeTy.withRestrict(), ClassTy));
2846 }
2847
2848 return true;
2849}
2850
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002851/// AddTypesConvertedFrom - Add each of the types to which the type @p
2852/// Ty can be implicit converted to the given set of @p Types. We're
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002853/// primarily interested in pointer types and enumeration types. We also
2854/// take member pointer types, for the conditional operator.
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002855/// AllowUserConversions is true if we should look at the conversion
2856/// functions of a class type, and AllowExplicitConversions if we
2857/// should also include the explicit conversion functions of a class
2858/// type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002859void
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002860BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::AddTypesConvertedFrom(QualType Ty,
2861 bool AllowUserConversions,
2862 bool AllowExplicitConversions) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002863 // Only deal with canonical types.
2864 Ty = Context.getCanonicalType(Ty);
2865
2866 // Look through reference types; they aren't part of the type of an
2867 // expression for the purposes of conversions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002868 if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = Ty->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002869 Ty = RefTy->getPointeeType();
2870
2871 // We don't care about qualifiers on the type.
2872 Ty = Ty.getUnqualifiedType();
2873
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002874 if (const PointerType *PointerTy = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002875 QualType PointeeTy = PointerTy->getPointeeType();
2876
2877 // Insert our type, and its more-qualified variants, into the set
2878 // of types.
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002879 if (!AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty))
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002880 return;
2881
2882 // Add 'cv void*' to our set of types.
2883 if (!Ty->isVoidType()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002884 QualType QualVoid
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002885 = Context.VoidTy.getQualifiedType(PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers());
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002886 AddPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Context.getPointerType(QualVoid));
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002887 }
2888
2889 // If this is a pointer to a class type, add pointers to its bases
2890 // (with the same level of cv-qualification as the original
2891 // derived class, of course).
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002892 if (const RecordType *PointeeRec = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002893 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(PointeeRec->getDecl());
2894 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator Base = ClassDecl->bases_begin();
2895 Base != ClassDecl->bases_end(); ++Base) {
2896 QualType BaseTy = Context.getCanonicalType(Base->getType());
2897 BaseTy = BaseTy.getQualifiedType(PointeeTy.getCVRQualifiers());
2898
2899 // Add the pointer type, recursively, so that we get all of
2900 // the indirect base classes, too.
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002901 AddTypesConvertedFrom(Context.getPointerType(BaseTy), false, false);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002902 }
2903 }
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00002904 } else if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
2905 // Member pointers are far easier, since the pointee can't be converted.
2906 if (!AddMemberPointerWithMoreQualifiedTypeVariants(Ty))
2907 return;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002908 } else if (Ty->isEnumeralType()) {
Chris Lattnere37b94c2009-03-29 00:04:01 +00002909 EnumerationTypes.insert(Ty);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002910 } else if (AllowUserConversions) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002911 if (const RecordType *TyRec = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00002912 if (SemaRef.RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation(), Ty, 0)) {
2913 // No conversion functions in incomplete types.
2914 return;
2915 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002916
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002917 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TyRec->getDecl());
2918 // FIXME: Visit conversion functions in the base classes, too.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002919 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002920 = ClassDecl->getConversionFunctions();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002921 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002922 = Conversions->function_begin();
2923 Func != Conversions->function_end(); ++Func) {
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002924 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
2925 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
2926 GetFunctionAndTemplate(*Func, Conv, ConvTemplate);
2927
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002928 // Skip conversion function templates; they don't tell us anything
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00002929 // about which builtin types we can convert to.
2930 if (ConvTemplate)
2931 continue;
2932
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002933 if (AllowExplicitConversions || !Conv->isExplicit())
2934 AddTypesConvertedFrom(Conv->getConversionType(), false, false);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002935 }
2936 }
2937 }
2938}
2939
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00002940/// \brief Helper function for AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates() that adds
2941/// the volatile- and non-volatile-qualified assignment operators for the
2942/// given type to the candidate set.
2943static void AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(Sema &S,
2944 QualType T,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002945 Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00002946 unsigned NumArgs,
2947 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet) {
2948 QualType ParamTypes[2];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002949
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00002950 // T& operator=(T&, T)
2951 ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
2952 ParamTypes[1] = T;
2953 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
2954 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002955
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00002956 if (!S.Context.getCanonicalType(T).isVolatileQualified()) {
2957 // volatile T& operator=(volatile T&, T)
2958 ParamTypes[0] = S.Context.getLValueReferenceType(T.withVolatile());
2959 ParamTypes[1] = T;
2960 S.AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002961 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/true);
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00002962 }
2963}
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002964
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00002965/// AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates - Add the appropriate built-in
2966/// operator overloads to the candidate set (C++ [over.built]), based
2967/// on the operator @p Op and the arguments given. For example, if the
2968/// operator is a binary '+', this routine might add "int
2969/// operator+(int, int)" to cover integer addition.
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002970void
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002971Sema::AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00002972 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2973 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002974 // The set of "promoted arithmetic types", which are the arithmetic
2975 // types are that preserved by promotion (C++ [over.built]p2). Note
2976 // that the first few of these types are the promoted integral
2977 // types; these types need to be first.
2978 // FIXME: What about complex?
2979 const unsigned FirstIntegralType = 0;
2980 const unsigned LastIntegralType = 13;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002981 const unsigned FirstPromotedIntegralType = 7,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002982 LastPromotedIntegralType = 13;
2983 const unsigned FirstPromotedArithmeticType = 7,
2984 LastPromotedArithmeticType = 16;
2985 const unsigned NumArithmeticTypes = 16;
2986 QualType ArithmeticTypes[NumArithmeticTypes] = {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002987 Context.BoolTy, Context.CharTy, Context.WCharTy,
2988// FIXME: Context.Char16Ty, Context.Char32Ty,
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00002989 Context.SignedCharTy, Context.ShortTy,
2990 Context.UnsignedCharTy, Context.UnsignedShortTy,
2991 Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy,
2992 Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, Context.UnsignedLongLongTy,
2993 Context.FloatTy, Context.DoubleTy, Context.LongDoubleTy
2994 };
2995
2996 // Find all of the types that the arguments can convert to, but only
2997 // if the operator we're looking at has built-in operator candidates
2998 // that make use of these types.
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00002999 BuiltinCandidateTypeSet CandidateTypes(*this);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003000 if (Op == OO_Less || Op == OO_Greater || Op == OO_LessEqual ||
3001 Op == OO_GreaterEqual || Op == OO_EqualEqual || Op == OO_ExclaimEqual ||
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003002 Op == OO_Plus || (Op == OO_Minus && NumArgs == 2) || Op == OO_Equal ||
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003003 Op == OO_PlusEqual || Op == OO_MinusEqual || Op == OO_Subscript ||
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003004 Op == OO_ArrowStar || Op == OO_PlusPlus || Op == OO_MinusMinus ||
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003005 (Op == OO_Star && NumArgs == 1) || Op == OO_Conditional) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003006 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003007 CandidateTypes.AddTypesConvertedFrom(Args[ArgIdx]->getType(),
3008 true,
3009 (Op == OO_Exclaim ||
3010 Op == OO_AmpAmp ||
3011 Op == OO_PipePipe));
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003012 }
3013
3014 bool isComparison = false;
3015 switch (Op) {
3016 case OO_None:
3017 case NUM_OVERLOADED_OPERATORS:
3018 assert(false && "Expected an overloaded operator");
3019 break;
3020
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003021 case OO_Star: // '*' is either unary or binary
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003022 if (NumArgs == 1)
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003023 goto UnaryStar;
3024 else
3025 goto BinaryStar;
3026 break;
3027
3028 case OO_Plus: // '+' is either unary or binary
3029 if (NumArgs == 1)
3030 goto UnaryPlus;
3031 else
3032 goto BinaryPlus;
3033 break;
3034
3035 case OO_Minus: // '-' is either unary or binary
3036 if (NumArgs == 1)
3037 goto UnaryMinus;
3038 else
3039 goto BinaryMinus;
3040 break;
3041
3042 case OO_Amp: // '&' is either unary or binary
3043 if (NumArgs == 1)
3044 goto UnaryAmp;
3045 else
3046 goto BinaryAmp;
3047
3048 case OO_PlusPlus:
3049 case OO_MinusMinus:
3050 // C++ [over.built]p3:
3051 //
3052 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type, and VQ
3053 // is either volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator
3054 // functions of the form
3055 //
3056 // VQ T& operator++(VQ T&);
3057 // T operator++(VQ T&, int);
3058 //
3059 // C++ [over.built]p4:
3060 //
3061 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an arithmetic type other
3062 // than bool, and VQ is either volatile or empty, there exist
3063 // candidate operator functions of the form
3064 //
3065 // VQ T& operator--(VQ T&);
3066 // T operator--(VQ T&, int);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003067 for (unsigned Arith = (Op == OO_PlusPlus? 0 : 1);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003068 Arith < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Arith) {
3069 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003070 QualType ParamTypes[2]
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003071 = { Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithTy), Context.IntTy };
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003072
3073 // Non-volatile version.
3074 if (NumArgs == 1)
3075 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3076 else
3077 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3078
3079 // Volatile version
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003080 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithTy.withVolatile());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003081 if (NumArgs == 1)
3082 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3083 else
3084 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3085 }
3086
3087 // C++ [over.built]p5:
3088 //
3089 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3090 // cv-unqualified object type, and VQ is either volatile or
3091 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3092 //
3093 // T*VQ& operator++(T*VQ&);
3094 // T*VQ& operator--(T*VQ&);
3095 // T* operator++(T*VQ&, int);
3096 // T* operator--(T*VQ&, int);
3097 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3098 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3099 // Skip pointer types that aren't pointers to object types.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003100 if (!(*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isObjectType())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003101 continue;
3102
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003103 QualType ParamTypes[2] = {
3104 Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr), Context.IntTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003105 };
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003106
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003107 // Without volatile
3108 if (NumArgs == 1)
3109 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3110 else
3111 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3112
3113 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified()) {
3114 // With volatile
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003115 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType((*Ptr).withVolatile());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003116 if (NumArgs == 1)
3117 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3118 else
3119 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3120 }
3121 }
3122 break;
3123
3124 UnaryStar:
3125 // C++ [over.built]p6:
3126 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T, there
3127 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3128 //
3129 // T& operator*(T*);
3130 //
3131 // C++ [over.built]p7:
3132 // For every function type T, there exist candidate operator
3133 // functions of the form
3134 // T& operator*(T*);
3135 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3136 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3137 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003138 QualType PointeeTy = ParamTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003139 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeTy),
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003140 &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3141 }
3142 break;
3143
3144 UnaryPlus:
3145 // C++ [over.built]p8:
3146 // For every type T, there exist candidate operator functions of
3147 // the form
3148 //
3149 // T* operator+(T*);
3150 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3151 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3152 QualType ParamTy = *Ptr;
3153 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3154 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003155
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003156 // Fall through
3157
3158 UnaryMinus:
3159 // C++ [over.built]p9:
3160 // For every promoted arithmetic type T, there exist candidate
3161 // operator functions of the form
3162 //
3163 // T operator+(T);
3164 // T operator-(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003165 for (unsigned Arith = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003166 Arith < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Arith) {
3167 QualType ArithTy = ArithmeticTypes[Arith];
3168 AddBuiltinCandidate(ArithTy, &ArithTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3169 }
3170 break;
3171
3172 case OO_Tilde:
3173 // C++ [over.built]p10:
3174 // For every promoted integral type T, there exist candidate
3175 // operator functions of the form
3176 //
3177 // T operator~(T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003178 for (unsigned Int = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003179 Int < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Int) {
3180 QualType IntTy = ArithmeticTypes[Int];
3181 AddBuiltinCandidate(IntTy, &IntTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet);
3182 }
3183 break;
3184
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003185 case OO_New:
3186 case OO_Delete:
3187 case OO_Array_New:
3188 case OO_Array_Delete:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003189 case OO_Call:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003190 assert(false && "Special operators don't use AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates");
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003191 break;
3192
3193 case OO_Comma:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003194 UnaryAmp:
3195 case OO_Arrow:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003196 // C++ [over.match.oper]p3:
3197 // -- For the operator ',', the unary operator '&', or the
3198 // operator '->', the built-in candidates set is empty.
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003199 break;
3200
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003201 case OO_EqualEqual:
3202 case OO_ExclaimEqual:
3203 // C++ [over.match.oper]p16:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003204 // For every pointer to member type T, there exist candidate operator
3205 // functions of the form
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003206 //
3207 // bool operator==(T,T);
3208 // bool operator!=(T,T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003209 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003210 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3211 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3212 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd;
3213 ++MemPtr) {
3214 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *MemPtr, *MemPtr };
3215 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3216 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003217
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003218 // Fall through
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003219
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003220 case OO_Less:
3221 case OO_Greater:
3222 case OO_LessEqual:
3223 case OO_GreaterEqual:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003224 // C++ [over.built]p15:
3225 //
3226 // For every pointer or enumeration type T, there exist
3227 // candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003228 //
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003229 // bool operator<(T, T);
3230 // bool operator>(T, T);
3231 // bool operator<=(T, T);
3232 // bool operator>=(T, T);
3233 // bool operator==(T, T);
3234 // bool operator!=(T, T);
3235 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3236 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3237 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3238 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3239 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003240 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Enum
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003241 = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin();
3242 Enum != CandidateTypes.enumeration_end(); ++Enum) {
3243 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Enum, *Enum };
3244 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3245 }
3246
3247 // Fall through.
3248 isComparison = true;
3249
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003250 BinaryPlus:
3251 BinaryMinus:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003252 if (!isComparison) {
3253 // We didn't fall through, so we must have OO_Plus or OO_Minus.
3254
3255 // C++ [over.built]p13:
3256 //
3257 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T
3258 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003259 //
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003260 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3261 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t); [BELOW]
3262 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t);
3263 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3264 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*); [BELOW]
3265 //
3266 // C++ [over.built]p14:
3267 //
3268 // For every T, where T is a pointer to object type, there
3269 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3270 //
3271 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003272 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003273 = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3274 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3275 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
3276
3277 // operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t) or operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t)
3278 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3279
3280 if (Op == OO_Plus) {
3281 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*);
3282 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
3283 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3284 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3285 } else {
3286 // ptrdiff_t operator-(T, T);
3287 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3288 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.getPointerDiffType(), ParamTypes,
3289 Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3290 }
3291 }
3292 }
3293 // Fall through
3294
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003295 case OO_Slash:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003296 BinaryStar:
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003297 Conditional:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003298 // C++ [over.built]p12:
3299 //
3300 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there
3301 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3302 //
3303 // LR operator*(L, R);
3304 // LR operator/(L, R);
3305 // LR operator+(L, R);
3306 // LR operator-(L, R);
3307 // bool operator<(L, R);
3308 // bool operator>(L, R);
3309 // bool operator<=(L, R);
3310 // bool operator>=(L, R);
3311 // bool operator==(L, R);
3312 // bool operator!=(L, R);
3313 //
3314 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3315 // between types L and R.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003316 //
3317 // C++ [over.built]p24:
3318 //
3319 // For every pair of promoted arithmetic types L and R, there exist
3320 // candidate operator functions of the form
3321 //
3322 // LR operator?(bool, L, R);
3323 //
3324 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3325 // between types L and R.
3326 // Our candidates ignore the first parameter.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003327 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003328 Left < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003329 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003330 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3331 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003332 QualType Result
3333 = isComparison
3334 ? Context.BoolTy
3335 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003336 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3337 }
3338 }
3339 break;
3340
3341 case OO_Percent:
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003342 BinaryAmp:
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003343 case OO_Caret:
3344 case OO_Pipe:
3345 case OO_LessLess:
3346 case OO_GreaterGreater:
3347 // C++ [over.built]p17:
3348 //
3349 // For every pair of promoted integral types L and R, there
3350 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
3351 //
3352 // LR operator%(L, R);
3353 // LR operator&(L, R);
3354 // LR operator^(L, R);
3355 // LR operator|(L, R);
3356 // L operator<<(L, R);
3357 // L operator>>(L, R);
3358 //
3359 // where LR is the result of the usual arithmetic conversions
3360 // between types L and R.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003361 for (unsigned Left = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003362 Left < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003363 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003364 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3365 QualType LandR[2] = { ArithmeticTypes[Left], ArithmeticTypes[Right] };
3366 QualType Result = (Op == OO_LessLess || Op == OO_GreaterGreater)
3367 ? LandR[0]
Eli Friedmana95d7572009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003368 : Context.UsualArithmeticConversionsType(LandR[0], LandR[1]);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003369 AddBuiltinCandidate(Result, LandR, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3370 }
3371 }
3372 break;
3373
3374 case OO_Equal:
3375 // C++ [over.built]p20:
3376 //
3377 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is an enumeration or
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003378 // pointer to member type and VQ is either volatile or
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003379 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3380 //
3381 // VQ T& operator=(VQ T&, T);
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003382 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3383 Enum = CandidateTypes.enumeration_begin(),
3384 EnumEnd = CandidateTypes.enumeration_end();
3385 Enum != EnumEnd; ++Enum)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003386 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *Enum, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003387 CandidateSet);
3388 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator
3389 MemPtr = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3390 MemPtrEnd = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end();
3391 MemPtr != MemPtrEnd; ++MemPtr)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003392 AddBuiltinAssignmentOperatorCandidates(*this, *MemPtr, Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor19b7b152009-08-24 13:43:27 +00003393 CandidateSet);
3394 // Fall through.
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003395
3396 case OO_PlusEqual:
3397 case OO_MinusEqual:
3398 // C++ [over.built]p19:
3399 //
3400 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is any type and VQ is either
3401 // volatile or empty, there exist candidate operator functions
3402 // of the form
3403 //
3404 // T*VQ& operator=(T*VQ&, T*);
3405 //
3406 // C++ [over.built]p21:
3407 //
3408 // For every pair (T, VQ), where T is a cv-qualified or
3409 // cv-unqualified object type and VQ is either volatile or
3410 // empty, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3411 //
3412 // T*VQ& operator+=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3413 // T*VQ& operator-=(T*VQ&, ptrdiff_t);
3414 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3415 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3416 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3417 ParamTypes[1] = (Op == OO_Equal)? *Ptr : Context.getPointerDiffType();
3418
3419 // non-volatile version
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003420 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(*Ptr);
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003421 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3422 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003423
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003424 if (!Context.getCanonicalType(*Ptr).isVolatileQualified()) {
3425 // volatile version
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003426 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType((*Ptr).withVolatile());
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003427 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3428 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003429 }
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003430 }
3431 // Fall through.
3432
3433 case OO_StarEqual:
3434 case OO_SlashEqual:
3435 // C++ [over.built]p18:
3436 //
3437 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an arithmetic type,
3438 // VQ is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted
3439 // arithmetic type, there exist candidate operator functions of
3440 // the form
3441 //
3442 // VQ L& operator=(VQ L&, R);
3443 // VQ L& operator*=(VQ L&, R);
3444 // VQ L& operator/=(VQ L&, R);
3445 // VQ L& operator+=(VQ L&, R);
3446 // VQ L& operator-=(VQ L&, R);
3447 for (unsigned Left = 0; Left < NumArithmeticTypes; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003448 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedArithmeticType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003449 Right < LastPromotedArithmeticType; ++Right) {
3450 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3451 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3452
3453 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003454 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003455 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3456 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003457
3458 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
3459 ParamTypes[0] = ArithmeticTypes[Left].withVolatile();
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003460 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
Douglas Gregor88b4bf22009-01-13 00:52:54 +00003461 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3462 /*IsAssigmentOperator=*/Op == OO_Equal);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003463 }
3464 }
3465 break;
3466
3467 case OO_PercentEqual:
3468 case OO_LessLessEqual:
3469 case OO_GreaterGreaterEqual:
3470 case OO_AmpEqual:
3471 case OO_CaretEqual:
3472 case OO_PipeEqual:
3473 // C++ [over.built]p22:
3474 //
3475 // For every triple (L, VQ, R), where L is an integral type, VQ
3476 // is either volatile or empty, and R is a promoted integral
3477 // type, there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3478 //
3479 // VQ L& operator%=(VQ L&, R);
3480 // VQ L& operator<<=(VQ L&, R);
3481 // VQ L& operator>>=(VQ L&, R);
3482 // VQ L& operator&=(VQ L&, R);
3483 // VQ L& operator^=(VQ L&, R);
3484 // VQ L& operator|=(VQ L&, R);
3485 for (unsigned Left = FirstIntegralType; Left < LastIntegralType; ++Left) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003486 for (unsigned Right = FirstPromotedIntegralType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003487 Right < LastPromotedIntegralType; ++Right) {
3488 QualType ParamTypes[2];
3489 ParamTypes[1] = ArithmeticTypes[Right];
3490
3491 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is empty).
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003492 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ArithmeticTypes[Left]);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003493 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3494
3495 // Add this built-in operator as a candidate (VQ is 'volatile').
3496 ParamTypes[0] = ArithmeticTypes[Left];
3497 ParamTypes[0].addVolatile();
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003498 ParamTypes[0] = Context.getLValueReferenceType(ParamTypes[0]);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003499 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTypes[0], ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3500 }
3501 }
3502 break;
3503
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003504 case OO_Exclaim: {
3505 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
3506 //
3507 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
3508 //
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003509 // bool operator!(bool);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003510 // bool operator&&(bool, bool); [BELOW]
3511 // bool operator||(bool, bool); [BELOW]
3512 QualType ParamTy = Context.BoolTy;
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003513 AddBuiltinCandidate(ParamTy, &ParamTy, Args, 1, CandidateSet,
3514 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
3515 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/1);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003516 break;
3517 }
3518
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003519 case OO_AmpAmp:
3520 case OO_PipePipe: {
3521 // C++ [over.operator]p23:
3522 //
3523 // There also exist candidate operator functions of the form
3524 //
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00003525 // bool operator!(bool); [ABOVE]
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003526 // bool operator&&(bool, bool);
3527 // bool operator||(bool, bool);
3528 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { Context.BoolTy, Context.BoolTy };
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00003529 AddBuiltinCandidate(Context.BoolTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
3530 /*IsAssignmentOperator=*/false,
3531 /*NumContextualBoolArguments=*/2);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003532 break;
3533 }
3534
3535 case OO_Subscript:
3536 // C++ [over.built]p13:
3537 //
3538 // For every cv-qualified or cv-unqualified object type T there
3539 // exist candidate operator functions of the form
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003540 //
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003541 // T* operator+(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
3542 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t);
3543 // T* operator-(T*, ptrdiff_t); [ABOVE]
3544 // T* operator+(ptrdiff_t, T*); [ABOVE]
3545 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
3546 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin();
3547 Ptr != CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); ++Ptr) {
3548 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, Context.getPointerDiffType() };
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003549 QualType PointeeType = (*Ptr)->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003550 QualType ResultTy = Context.getLValueReferenceType(PointeeType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003551
3552 // T& operator[](T*, ptrdiff_t)
3553 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3554
3555 // T& operator[](ptrdiff_t, T*);
3556 ParamTypes[0] = ParamTypes[1];
3557 ParamTypes[1] = *Ptr;
3558 AddBuiltinCandidate(ResultTy, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3559 }
3560 break;
3561
3562 case OO_ArrowStar:
3563 // FIXME: No support for pointer-to-members yet.
3564 break;
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003565
3566 case OO_Conditional:
3567 // Note that we don't consider the first argument, since it has been
3568 // contextually converted to bool long ago. The candidates below are
3569 // therefore added as binary.
3570 //
3571 // C++ [over.built]p24:
3572 // For every type T, where T is a pointer or pointer-to-member type,
3573 // there exist candidate operator functions of the form
3574 //
3575 // T operator?(bool, T, T);
3576 //
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003577 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr = CandidateTypes.pointer_begin(),
3578 E = CandidateTypes.pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
3579 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3580 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3581 }
Sebastian Redl78eb8742009-04-19 21:53:20 +00003582 for (BuiltinCandidateTypeSet::iterator Ptr =
3583 CandidateTypes.member_pointer_begin(),
3584 E = CandidateTypes.member_pointer_end(); Ptr != E; ++Ptr) {
3585 QualType ParamTypes[2] = { *Ptr, *Ptr };
3586 AddBuiltinCandidate(*Ptr, ParamTypes, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
3587 }
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003588 goto Conditional;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003589 }
3590}
3591
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003592/// \brief Add function candidates found via argument-dependent lookup
3593/// to the set of overloading candidates.
3594///
3595/// This routine performs argument-dependent name lookup based on the
3596/// given function name (which may also be an operator name) and adds
3597/// all of the overload candidates found by ADL to the overload
3598/// candidate set (C++ [basic.lookup.argdep]).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003599void
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003600Sema::AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
3601 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
3602 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003603 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003604
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003605 // Record all of the function candidates that we've already
3606 // added to the overload set, so that we don't add those same
3607 // candidates a second time.
3608 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
3609 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
3610 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003611 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003612 Functions.insert(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003613 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
3614 Functions.insert(FunTmpl);
3615 }
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003616
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003617 ArgumentDependentLookup(Name, Args, NumArgs, Functions);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003618
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003619 // Erase all of the candidates we already knew about.
3620 // FIXME: This is suboptimal. Is there a better way?
3621 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
3622 CandEnd = CandidateSet.end();
3623 Cand != CandEnd; ++Cand)
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003624 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003625 Functions.erase(Cand->Function);
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003626 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = Cand->Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
3627 Functions.erase(FunTmpl);
3628 }
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00003629
3630 // For each of the ADL candidates we found, add it to the overload
3631 // set.
3632 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
3633 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003634 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
3635 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func))
3636 AddOverloadCandidate(FD, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
3637 else
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003638 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func),
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00003639 /*FIXME: explicit args */false, 0, 0,
3640 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor364e0212009-06-27 21:05:07 +00003641 }
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00003642}
3643
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003644/// isBetterOverloadCandidate - Determines whether the first overload
3645/// candidate is a better candidate than the second (C++ 13.3.3p1).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003646bool
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003647Sema::isBetterOverloadCandidate(const OverloadCandidate& Cand1,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003648 const OverloadCandidate& Cand2) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003649 // Define viable functions to be better candidates than non-viable
3650 // functions.
3651 if (!Cand2.Viable)
3652 return Cand1.Viable;
3653 else if (!Cand1.Viable)
3654 return false;
3655
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003656 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
3657 //
3658 // -- if F is a static member function, ICS1(F) is defined such
3659 // that ICS1(F) is neither better nor worse than ICS1(G) for
3660 // any function G, and, symmetrically, ICS1(G) is neither
3661 // better nor worse than ICS1(F).
3662 unsigned StartArg = 0;
3663 if (Cand1.IgnoreObjectArgument || Cand2.IgnoreObjectArgument)
3664 StartArg = 1;
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003665
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00003666 // C++ [over.match.best]p1:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003667 // A viable function F1 is defined to be a better function than another
3668 // viable function F2 if for all arguments i, ICSi(F1) is not a worse
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00003669 // conversion sequence than ICSi(F2), and then...
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003670 unsigned NumArgs = Cand1.Conversions.size();
3671 assert(Cand2.Conversions.size() == NumArgs && "Overload candidate mismatch");
3672 bool HasBetterConversion = false;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00003673 for (unsigned ArgIdx = StartArg; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003674 switch (CompareImplicitConversionSequences(Cand1.Conversions[ArgIdx],
3675 Cand2.Conversions[ArgIdx])) {
3676 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
3677 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
3678 HasBetterConversion = true;
3679 break;
3680
3681 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
3682 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
3683 return false;
3684
3685 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
3686 // Do nothing.
3687 break;
3688 }
3689 }
3690
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003691 // -- for some argument j, ICSj(F1) is a better conversion sequence than
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00003692 // ICSj(F2), or, if not that,
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003693 if (HasBetterConversion)
3694 return true;
3695
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003696 // - F1 is a non-template function and F2 is a function template
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00003697 // specialization, or, if not that,
3698 if (Cand1.Function && !Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
3699 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
3700 return true;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003701
3702 // -- F1 and F2 are function template specializations, and the function
3703 // template for F1 is more specialized than the template for F2
3704 // according to the partial ordering rules described in 14.5.5.2, or,
Douglas Gregor3e15cc32009-07-07 23:38:56 +00003705 // if not that,
Douglas Gregor1f561c12009-08-02 23:46:29 +00003706 if (Cand1.Function && Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate() &&
3707 Cand2.Function && Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00003708 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *BetterTemplate
3709 = getMoreSpecializedTemplate(Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
3710 Cand2.Function->getPrimaryTemplate(),
3711 true))
3712 return BetterTemplate == Cand1.Function->getPrimaryTemplate();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003713
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003714 // -- the context is an initialization by user-defined conversion
3715 // (see 8.5, 13.3.1.5) and the standard conversion sequence
3716 // from the return type of F1 to the destination type (i.e.,
3717 // the type of the entity being initialized) is a better
3718 // conversion sequence than the standard conversion sequence
3719 // from the return type of F2 to the destination type.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003720 if (Cand1.Function && Cand2.Function &&
3721 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand1.Function) &&
Douglas Gregorf1991ea2008-11-07 22:36:19 +00003722 isa<CXXConversionDecl>(Cand2.Function)) {
3723 switch (CompareStandardConversionSequences(Cand1.FinalConversion,
3724 Cand2.FinalConversion)) {
3725 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Better:
3726 // Cand1 has a better conversion sequence.
3727 return true;
3728
3729 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Worse:
3730 // Cand1 can't be better than Cand2.
3731 return false;
3732
3733 case ImplicitConversionSequence::Indistinguishable:
3734 // Do nothing
3735 break;
3736 }
3737 }
3738
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003739 return false;
3740}
3741
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003742/// \brief Computes the best viable function (C++ 13.3.3)
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00003743/// within an overload candidate set.
3744///
3745/// \param CandidateSet the set of candidate functions.
3746///
3747/// \param Loc the location of the function name (or operator symbol) for
3748/// which overload resolution occurs.
3749///
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003750/// \param Best f overload resolution was successful or found a deleted
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00003751/// function, Best points to the candidate function found.
3752///
3753/// \returns The result of overload resolution.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003754Sema::OverloadingResult
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003755Sema::BestViableFunction(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00003756 SourceLocation Loc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003757 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator& Best) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003758 // Find the best viable function.
3759 Best = CandidateSet.end();
3760 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
3761 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
3762 if (Cand->Viable) {
3763 if (Best == CandidateSet.end() || isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Cand, *Best))
3764 Best = Cand;
3765 }
3766 }
3767
3768 // If we didn't find any viable functions, abort.
3769 if (Best == CandidateSet.end())
3770 return OR_No_Viable_Function;
3771
3772 // Make sure that this function is better than every other viable
3773 // function. If not, we have an ambiguity.
3774 for (OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin();
3775 Cand != CandidateSet.end(); ++Cand) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003776 if (Cand->Viable &&
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003777 Cand != Best &&
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003778 !isBetterOverloadCandidate(*Best, *Cand)) {
3779 Best = CandidateSet.end();
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003780 return OR_Ambiguous;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003781 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003782 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003783
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003784 // Best is the best viable function.
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003785 if (Best->Function &&
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003786 (Best->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003787 Best->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()))
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003788 return OR_Deleted;
3789
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00003790 // C++ [basic.def.odr]p2:
3791 // An overloaded function is used if it is selected by overload resolution
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003792 // when referred to from a potentially-evaluated expression. [Note: this
3793 // covers calls to named functions (5.2.2), operator overloading
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00003794 // (clause 13), user-defined conversions (12.3.2), allocation function for
3795 // placement new (5.3.4), as well as non-default initialization (8.5).
3796 if (Best->Function)
3797 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003798 return OR_Success;
3799}
3800
3801/// PrintOverloadCandidates - When overload resolution fails, prints
3802/// diagnostic messages containing the candidates in the candidate
3803/// set. If OnlyViable is true, only viable candidates will be printed.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003804void
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003805Sema::PrintOverloadCandidates(OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003806 bool OnlyViable) {
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003807 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Cand = CandidateSet.begin(),
3808 LastCand = CandidateSet.end();
3809 for (; Cand != LastCand; ++Cand) {
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003810 if (Cand->Viable || !OnlyViable) {
3811 if (Cand->Function) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003812 if (Cand->Function->isDeleted() ||
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003813 Cand->Function->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00003814 // Deleted or "unavailable" function.
3815 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate_deleted)
3816 << Cand->Function->isDeleted();
3817 } else {
3818 // Normal function
3819 // FIXME: Give a better reason!
3820 Diag(Cand->Function->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate);
3821 }
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003822 } else if (Cand->IsSurrogate) {
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00003823 // Desugar the type of the surrogate down to a function type,
3824 // retaining as many typedefs as possible while still showing
3825 // the function type (and, therefore, its parameter types).
3826 QualType FnType = Cand->Surrogate->getConversionType();
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003827 bool isLValueReference = false;
3828 bool isRValueReference = false;
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00003829 bool isPointer = false;
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003830 if (const LValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003831 FnType->getAs<LValueReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00003832 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003833 isLValueReference = true;
3834 } else if (const RValueReferenceType *FnTypeRef =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003835 FnType->getAs<RValueReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003836 FnType = FnTypeRef->getPointeeType();
3837 isRValueReference = true;
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00003838 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003839 if (const PointerType *FnTypePtr = FnType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00003840 FnType = FnTypePtr->getPointeeType();
3841 isPointer = true;
3842 }
3843 // Desugar down to a function type.
3844 FnType = QualType(FnType->getAsFunctionType(), 0);
3845 // Reconstruct the pointer/reference as appropriate.
3846 if (isPointer) FnType = Context.getPointerType(FnType);
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00003847 if (isRValueReference) FnType = Context.getRValueReferenceType(FnType);
3848 if (isLValueReference) FnType = Context.getLValueReferenceType(FnType);
Douglas Gregor621b3932008-11-21 02:54:28 +00003849
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00003850 Diag(Cand->Surrogate->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_surrogate_cand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003851 << FnType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003852 } else {
3853 // FIXME: We need to get the identifier in here
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00003854 // FIXME: Do we want the error message to point at the operator?
3855 // (built-ins won't have a location)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003856 QualType FnType
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003857 = Context.getFunctionType(Cand->BuiltinTypes.ResultTy,
3858 Cand->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes,
3859 Cand->Conversions.size(),
3860 false, 0);
3861
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003862 Diag(SourceLocation(), diag::err_ovl_builtin_candidate) << FnType;
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00003863 }
3864 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00003865 }
3866}
3867
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003868/// ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction - Try to resolve the address of
3869/// an overloaded function (C++ [over.over]), where @p From is an
3870/// expression with overloaded function type and @p ToType is the type
3871/// we're trying to resolve to. For example:
3872///
3873/// @code
3874/// int f(double);
3875/// int f(int);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003876///
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003877/// int (*pfd)(double) = f; // selects f(double)
3878/// @endcode
3879///
3880/// This routine returns the resulting FunctionDecl if it could be
3881/// resolved, and NULL otherwise. When @p Complain is true, this
3882/// routine will emit diagnostics if there is an error.
3883FunctionDecl *
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00003884Sema::ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003885 bool Complain) {
3886 QualType FunctionType = ToType;
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00003887 bool IsMember = false;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003888 if (const PointerType *ToTypePtr = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003889 FunctionType = ToTypePtr->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003890 else if (const ReferenceType *ToTypeRef = ToType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Daniel Dunbarbb710012009-02-26 19:13:44 +00003891 FunctionType = ToTypeRef->getPointeeType();
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00003892 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemTypePtr =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003893 ToType->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) {
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00003894 FunctionType = MemTypePtr->getPointeeType();
3895 IsMember = true;
3896 }
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003897
3898 // We only look at pointers or references to functions.
Douglas Gregor72e771f2009-07-09 17:16:51 +00003899 FunctionType = Context.getCanonicalType(FunctionType).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00003900 if (!FunctionType->isFunctionType())
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003901 return 0;
3902
3903 // Find the actual overloaded function declaration.
3904 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003905
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003906 // C++ [over.over]p1:
3907 // [...] [Note: any redundant set of parentheses surrounding the
3908 // overloaded function name is ignored (5.1). ]
3909 Expr *OvlExpr = From->IgnoreParens();
3910
3911 // C++ [over.over]p1:
3912 // [...] The overloaded function name can be preceded by the &
3913 // operator.
3914 if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(OvlExpr)) {
3915 if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf)
3916 OvlExpr = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();
3917 }
3918
3919 // Try to dig out the overloaded function.
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00003920 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
3921 if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(OvlExpr)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003922 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl());
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00003923 FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(DR->getDecl());
3924 }
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003925
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003926 // If there's no overloaded function declaration or function template,
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00003927 // we're done.
3928 if (!Ovl && !FunctionTemplate)
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003929 return 0;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003930
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00003931 OverloadIterator Fun;
3932 if (Ovl)
3933 Fun = Ovl;
3934 else
3935 Fun = FunctionTemplate;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003936
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003937 // Look through all of the overloaded functions, searching for one
3938 // whose type matches exactly.
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00003939 llvm::SmallPtrSet<FunctionDecl *, 4> Matches;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003940
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00003941 bool FoundNonTemplateFunction = false;
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00003942 for (OverloadIterator FunEnd; Fun != FunEnd; ++Fun) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003943 // C++ [over.over]p3:
3944 // Non-member functions and static member functions match
Sebastian Redl0defd762009-02-05 12:33:33 +00003945 // targets of type "pointer-to-function" or "reference-to-function."
3946 // Nonstatic member functions match targets of
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00003947 // type "pointer-to-member-function."
3948 // Note that according to DR 247, the containing class does not matter.
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00003949
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003950 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00003951 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Fun)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003952 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00003953 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl())) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003954 // Skip non-static function templates when converting to pointer, and
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00003955 // static when converting to member pointer.
3956 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
3957 continue;
3958 } else if (IsMember)
3959 continue;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003960
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00003961 // C++ [over.over]p2:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003962 // If the name is a function template, template argument deduction is
3963 // done (14.8.2.2), and if the argument deduction succeeds, the
3964 // resulting template argument list is used to generate a single
3965 // function template specialization, which is added to the set of
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00003966 // overloaded functions considered.
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00003967 FunctionDecl *Specialization = 0;
3968 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(Context);
3969 if (TemplateDeductionResult Result
3970 = DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplate, /*FIXME*/false,
3971 /*FIXME:*/0, /*FIXME:*/0,
3972 FunctionType, Specialization, Info)) {
3973 // FIXME: make a note of the failed deduction for diagnostics.
3974 (void)Result;
3975 } else {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003976 assert(FunctionType
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00003977 == Context.getCanonicalType(Specialization->getType()));
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00003978 Matches.insert(
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00003979 cast<FunctionDecl>(Specialization->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00003980 }
3981 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003982
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00003983 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Fun)) {
3984 // Skip non-static functions when converting to pointer, and static
3985 // when converting to member pointer.
3986 if (Method->isStatic() == IsMember)
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003987 continue;
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00003988 } else if (IsMember)
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00003989 continue;
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003990
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00003991 if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Fun)) {
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00003992 if (FunctionType == Context.getCanonicalType(FunDecl->getType())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis97fbaa22009-07-18 00:34:25 +00003993 Matches.insert(cast<FunctionDecl>(Fun->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00003994 FoundNonTemplateFunction = true;
3995 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003996 }
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00003997 }
3998
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00003999 // If there were 0 or 1 matches, we're done.
4000 if (Matches.empty())
4001 return 0;
4002 else if (Matches.size() == 1)
4003 return *Matches.begin();
4004
4005 // C++ [over.over]p4:
4006 // If more than one function is selected, [...]
4007 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> RemainingMatches;
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004008 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<FunctionDecl *, 4>::iterator MatchIter;
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004009 if (FoundNonTemplateFunction) {
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004010 // [...] any function template specializations in the set are
4011 // eliminated if the set also contains a non-template function, [...]
4012 for (MatchIter M = Matches.begin(), MEnd = Matches.end(); M != MEnd; ++M)
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004013 if ((*M)->getPrimaryTemplate() == 0)
4014 RemainingMatches.push_back(*M);
4015 } else {
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004016 // [...] and any given function template specialization F1 is
4017 // eliminated if the set contains a second function template
4018 // specialization whose function template is more specialized
4019 // than the function template of F1 according to the partial
4020 // ordering rules of 14.5.5.2.
4021
4022 // The algorithm specified above is quadratic. We instead use a
4023 // two-pass algorithm (similar to the one used to identify the
4024 // best viable function in an overload set) that identifies the
4025 // best function template (if it exists).
4026 MatchIter Best = Matches.begin();
4027 MatchIter M = Best, MEnd = Matches.end();
4028 // Find the most specialized function.
4029 for (++M; M != MEnd; ++M)
4030 if (getMoreSpecializedTemplate((*M)->getPrimaryTemplate(),
4031 (*Best)->getPrimaryTemplate(),
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004032 false)
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004033 == (*M)->getPrimaryTemplate())
4034 Best = M;
4035
4036 // Determine whether this function template is more specialized
4037 // that all of the others.
4038 bool Ambiguous = false;
4039 for (M = Matches.begin(); M != MEnd; ++M) {
4040 if (M != Best &&
4041 getMoreSpecializedTemplate((*M)->getPrimaryTemplate(),
4042 (*Best)->getPrimaryTemplate(),
4043 false)
4044 != (*Best)->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
4045 Ambiguous = true;
4046 break;
4047 }
4048 }
4049
4050 // If one function template was more specialized than all of the
4051 // others, return it.
4052 if (!Ambiguous)
4053 return *Best;
4054
4055 // We could not find a most-specialized function template, which
4056 // is equivalent to having a set of function templates with more
4057 // than one such template. So, we place all of the function
4058 // templates into the set of remaining matches and produce a
4059 // diagnostic below. FIXME: we could perform the quadratic
4060 // algorithm here, pruning the result set to limit the number of
4061 // candidates output later.
4062 RemainingMatches.append(Matches.begin(), Matches.end());
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004063 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004064
4065 // [...] After such eliminations, if any, there shall remain exactly one
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004066 // selected function.
4067 if (RemainingMatches.size() == 1)
4068 return RemainingMatches.front();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004069
Douglas Gregor00aeb522009-07-08 23:33:52 +00004070 // FIXME: We should probably return the same thing that BestViableFunction
4071 // returns (even if we issue the diagnostics here).
4072 Diag(From->getLocStart(), diag::err_addr_ovl_ambiguous)
4073 << RemainingMatches[0]->getDeclName();
4074 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RemainingMatches.size(); I != N; ++I)
4075 Diag(RemainingMatches[I]->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_candidate);
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004076 return 0;
4077}
4078
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004079/// ResolveOverloadedCallFn - Given the call expression that calls Fn
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004080/// (which eventually refers to the declaration Func) and the call
4081/// arguments Args/NumArgs, attempt to resolve the function call down
4082/// to a specific function. If overload resolution succeeds, returns
4083/// the function declaration produced by overload
Douglas Gregor0a396682008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004084/// resolution. Otherwise, emits diagnostics, deletes all of the
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004085/// arguments and Fn, and returns NULL.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004086FunctionDecl *Sema::ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *Callee,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004087 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004088 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4089 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4090 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor0a396682008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004091 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4092 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004093 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004094 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004095 bool &ArgumentDependentLookup) {
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004096 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004097
4098 // Add the functions denoted by Callee to the set of candidate
4099 // functions. While we're doing so, track whether argument-dependent
4100 // lookup still applies, per:
4101 //
4102 // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
4103 // Let X be the lookup set produced by unqualified lookup (3.4.1)
4104 // and let Y be the lookup set produced by argument dependent
4105 // lookup (defined as follows). If X contains
4106 //
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004107 // -- a declaration of a class member, or
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004108 //
4109 // -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004110 // using-declaration, or
4111 //
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004112 // -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
4113 // template
4114 //
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004115 // then Y is empty.
4116 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004117 = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
4118 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
4119 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
4120 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00004121 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
4122 if (FunctionDecl *FunDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func)) {
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004123 if (HasExplicitTemplateArgs)
4124 continue;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004125
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00004126 AddOverloadCandidate(FunDecl, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
4127 Ctx = FunDecl->getDeclContext();
4128 } else {
4129 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func);
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004130 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunTmpl, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4131 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
4132 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
4133 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00004134 Ctx = FunTmpl->getDeclContext();
4135 }
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004136
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00004137
4138 if (Ctx->isRecord() || Ctx->isFunctionOrMethod())
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004139 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
4140 }
4141 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Callee)) {
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004142 assert(!HasExplicitTemplateArgs && "Explicit template arguments?");
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004143 AddOverloadCandidate(Func, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
4144
4145 if (Func->getDeclContext()->isRecord() ||
4146 Func->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4147 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004148 } else if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FuncTemplate
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00004149 = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(Callee)) {
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004150 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FuncTemplate, HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
4151 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004152 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004153 Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00004154
4155 if (FuncTemplate->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
4156 ArgumentDependentLookup = false;
4157 }
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004158
4159 if (Callee)
4160 UnqualifiedName = Callee->getDeclName();
4161
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00004162 // FIXME: Pass explicit template arguments through for ADL
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004163 if (ArgumentDependentLookup)
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004164 AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(UnqualifiedName, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00004165 CandidateSet);
4166
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004167 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004168 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Fn->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor0a396682008-11-26 06:01:48 +00004169 case OR_Success:
4170 return Best->Function;
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004171
4172 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Chris Lattner4330d652009-02-17 07:29:20 +00004173 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004174 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
Chris Lattner4330d652009-02-17 07:29:20 +00004175 << UnqualifiedName << Fn->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004176 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
4177 break;
4178
4179 case OR_Ambiguous:
4180 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00004181 << UnqualifiedName << Fn->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004182 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4183 break;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004184
4185 case OR_Deleted:
4186 Diag(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
4187 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4188 << UnqualifiedName
4189 << Fn->getSourceRange();
4190 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4191 break;
Douglas Gregorf6b89692008-11-26 05:54:23 +00004192 }
4193
4194 // Overload resolution failed. Destroy all of the subexpressions and
4195 // return NULL.
4196 Fn->Destroy(Context);
4197 for (unsigned Arg = 0; Arg < NumArgs; ++Arg)
4198 Args[Arg]->Destroy(Context);
4199 return 0;
4200}
4201
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004202/// \brief Create a unary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
4203/// operator.
4204///
4205/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '*').
4206///
4207/// \param OpcIn The UnaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
4208/// operator.
4209///
4210/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
4211/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
4212/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
4213/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
4214/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
4215/// by CreateOverloadedUnaryOp().
4216///
4217/// \param input The input argument.
4218Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4219 unsigned OpcIn,
4220 FunctionSet &Functions,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004221 ExprArg input) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004222 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
4223 Expr *Input = (Expr *)input.get();
4224
4225 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4226 assert(Op != OO_None && "Invalid opcode for overloaded unary operator");
4227 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
4228
4229 Expr *Args[2] = { Input, 0 };
4230 unsigned NumArgs = 1;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004231
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004232 // For post-increment and post-decrement, add the implicit '0' as
4233 // the second argument, so that we know this is a post-increment or
4234 // post-decrement.
4235 if (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc || Opc == UnaryOperator::PostDec) {
4236 llvm::APSInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004237 Args[1] = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(Zero, Context.IntTy,
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004238 SourceLocation());
4239 NumArgs = 2;
4240 }
4241
4242 if (Input->isTypeDependent()) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004243 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overloads
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004244 = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, OpName);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004245 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004246 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
4247 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
4248 Overloads->addOverload(*Func);
4249
4250 DeclRefExpr *Fn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Overloads, Context.OverloadTy,
4251 OpLoc, false, false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004252
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004253 input.release();
4254 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
4255 &Args[0], NumArgs,
4256 Context.DependentTy,
4257 OpLoc));
4258 }
4259
4260 // Build an empty overload set.
4261 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
4262
4263 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
4264 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet, false);
4265
4266 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
4267 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
4268
4269 // Add builtin operator candidates.
4270 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, &Args[0], NumArgs, CandidateSet);
4271
4272 // Perform overload resolution.
4273 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004274 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004275 case OR_Success: {
4276 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
4277 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004278
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004279 if (FnDecl) {
4280 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
4281 // operator.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004282
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004283 // Convert the arguments.
4284 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
4285 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Input, Method))
4286 return ExprError();
4287 } else {
4288 // Convert the arguments.
4289 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Input,
4290 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
4291 "passing"))
4292 return ExprError();
4293 }
4294
4295 // Determine the result type
4296 QualType ResultTy
4297 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4298 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004299
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004300 // Build the actual expression node.
4301 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
4302 SourceLocation());
4303 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004304
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004305 input.release();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004306
4307 Expr *CE = new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
Anders Carlsson2d46eb22009-08-16 04:11:06 +00004308 &Input, 1, ResultTy, OpLoc);
4309 return MaybeBindToTemporary(CE);
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004310 } else {
4311 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
4312 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
4313 // operator node.
4314 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Input, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
4315 Best->Conversions[0], "passing"))
4316 return ExprError();
4317
4318 break;
4319 }
4320 }
4321
4322 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
4323 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
4324 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
4325 break;
4326
4327 case OR_Ambiguous:
4328 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
4329 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4330 << Input->getSourceRange();
4331 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4332 return ExprError();
4333
4334 case OR_Deleted:
4335 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
4336 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4337 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
4338 << Input->getSourceRange();
4339 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4340 return ExprError();
4341 }
4342
4343 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
4344 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
4345 // build a built-in operation.
4346 input.release();
4347 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Owned(Input));
4348}
4349
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004350/// \brief Create a binary operation that may resolve to an overloaded
4351/// operator.
4352///
4353/// \param OpLoc The location of the operator itself (e.g., '+').
4354///
4355/// \param OpcIn The BinaryOperator::Opcode that describes this
4356/// operator.
4357///
4358/// \param Functions The set of non-member functions that will be
4359/// considered by overload resolution. The caller needs to build this
4360/// set based on the context using, e.g.,
4361/// LookupOverloadedOperatorName() and ArgumentDependentLookup(). This
4362/// set should not contain any member functions; those will be added
4363/// by CreateOverloadedBinOp().
4364///
4365/// \param LHS Left-hand argument.
4366/// \param RHS Right-hand argument.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004367Sema::OwningExprResult
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004368Sema::CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004369 unsigned OpcIn,
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004370 FunctionSet &Functions,
4371 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004372 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS, RHS };
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004373 LHS=RHS=0; //Please use only Args instead of LHS/RHS couple
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004374
4375 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<BinaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
4376 OverloadedOperatorKind Op = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
4377 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
4378
4379 // If either side is type-dependent, create an appropriate dependent
4380 // expression.
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004381 if (Args[0]->isTypeDependent() || Args[1]->isTypeDependent()) {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004382 // .* cannot be overloaded.
4383 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004384 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(Args[0], Args[1], Opc,
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004385 Context.DependentTy, OpLoc));
4386
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004387 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Overloads
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004388 = OverloadedFunctionDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, OpName);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004389 for (FunctionSet::iterator Func = Functions.begin(),
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004390 FuncEnd = Functions.end();
4391 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func)
4392 Overloads->addOverload(*Func);
4393
4394 DeclRefExpr *Fn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Overloads, Context.OverloadTy,
4395 OpLoc, false, false);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004396
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004397 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, Fn,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004398 Args, 2,
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004399 Context.DependentTy,
4400 OpLoc));
4401 }
4402
4403 // If this is the .* operator, which is not overloadable, just
4404 // create a built-in binary operator.
4405 if (Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemD)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004406 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004407
4408 // If this is one of the assignment operators, we only perform
4409 // overload resolution if the left-hand side is a class or
4410 // enumeration type (C++ [expr.ass]p3).
4411 if (Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign &&
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004412 !Args[0]->getType()->isOverloadableType())
4413 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004414
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00004415 // Build an empty overload set.
4416 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004417
4418 // Add the candidates from the given function set.
4419 AddFunctionCandidates(Functions, Args, 2, CandidateSet, false);
4420
4421 // Add operator candidates that are member functions.
4422 AddMemberOperatorCandidates(Op, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4423
4424 // Add builtin operator candidates.
4425 AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(Op, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
4426
4427 // Perform overload resolution.
4428 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004429 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00004430 case OR_Success: {
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004431 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
4432 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
4433
4434 if (FnDecl) {
4435 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
4436 // operator.
4437
4438 // Convert the arguments.
4439 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004440 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Args[0], Method) ||
4441 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1], FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004442 "passing"))
4443 return ExprError();
4444 } else {
4445 // Convert the arguments.
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004446 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Args[0], FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004447 "passing") ||
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004448 PerformCopyInitialization(Args[1], FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004449 "passing"))
4450 return ExprError();
4451 }
4452
4453 // Determine the result type
4454 QualType ResultTy
4455 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
4456 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
4457
4458 // Build the actual expression node.
4459 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis81273092009-07-14 03:19:38 +00004460 OpLoc);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004461 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
4462
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004463 Expr *CE = new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, Op, FnExpr,
Anders Carlsson2d46eb22009-08-16 04:11:06 +00004464 Args, 2, ResultTy, OpLoc);
4465 return MaybeBindToTemporary(CE);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004466 } else {
4467 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
4468 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
4469 // operator node.
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004470 if (PerformImplicitConversion(Args[0], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004471 Best->Conversions[0], "passing") ||
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004472 PerformImplicitConversion(Args[1], Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004473 Best->Conversions[1], "passing"))
4474 return ExprError();
4475
4476 break;
4477 }
4478 }
4479
4480 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Sebastian Redl8593c782009-05-21 11:50:50 +00004481 // For class as left operand for assignment or compound assigment operator
4482 // do not fall through to handling in built-in, but report that no overloaded
4483 // assignment operator found
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004484 if (Args[0]->getType()->isRecordType() && Opc >= BinaryOperator::Assign && Opc <= BinaryOperator::OrAssign) {
Sebastian Redl8593c782009-05-21 11:50:50 +00004485 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
4486 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004487 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redl8593c782009-05-21 11:50:50 +00004488 return ExprError();
4489 }
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004490 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
4491 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
4492 break;
4493
4494 case OR_Ambiguous:
4495 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
4496 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004497 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004498 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4499 return ExprError();
4500
4501 case OR_Deleted:
4502 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
4503 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4504 << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004505 << Args[0]->getSourceRange() << Args[1]->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004506 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4507 return ExprError();
4508 }
4509
4510 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
4511 // built-in operator. In either case, try to build a built-in
4512 // operation.
Douglas Gregorc3384cb2009-08-26 17:08:25 +00004513 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Args[0], Args[1]);
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004514}
4515
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004516/// BuildCallToMemberFunction - Build a call to a member
4517/// function. MemExpr is the expression that refers to the member
4518/// function (and includes the object parameter), Args/NumArgs are the
4519/// arguments to the function call (not including the object
4520/// parameter). The caller needs to validate that the member
4521/// expression refers to a member function or an overloaded member
4522/// function.
4523Sema::ExprResult
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004524Sema::BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExprE,
4525 SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr **Args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004526 unsigned NumArgs, SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
4527 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4528 // Dig out the member expression. This holds both the object
4529 // argument and the member function we're referring to.
4530 MemberExpr *MemExpr = 0;
4531 if (ParenExpr *ParenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(MemExprE))
4532 MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(ParenE->getSubExpr());
4533 else
4534 MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(MemExprE);
4535 assert(MemExpr && "Building member call without member expression");
4536
4537 // Extract the object argument.
4538 Expr *ObjectArg = MemExpr->getBase();
Anders Carlssona552f7c2009-05-01 18:34:30 +00004539
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004540 CXXMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00004541 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()) ||
4542 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl())) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004543 // Add overload candidates
4544 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00004545 DeclarationName DeclName = MemExpr->getMemberDecl()->getDeclName();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004546
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00004547 for (OverloadIterator Func(MemExpr->getMemberDecl()), FuncEnd;
4548 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4549 if ((Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func)))
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004550 AddMethodCandidate(Method, ObjectArg, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00004551 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
4552 else
Douglas Gregorc4bf26f2009-09-01 00:37:14 +00004553 AddMethodTemplateCandidate(cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Func),
4554 MemExpr->hasExplicitTemplateArgumentList(),
4555 MemExpr->getTemplateArgs(),
4556 MemExpr->getNumTemplateArgs(),
4557 ObjectArg, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregordec06662009-08-21 18:42:58 +00004558 CandidateSet,
4559 /*SuppressUsedConversions=*/false);
4560 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004561
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004562 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004563 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, MemExpr->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004564 case OR_Success:
4565 Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
4566 break;
4567
4568 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004569 Diag(MemExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004570 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_member_function_in_call)
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00004571 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004572 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
4573 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
4574 return true;
4575
4576 case OR_Ambiguous:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004577 Diag(MemExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004578 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_member_call)
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00004579 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004580 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
4581 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
4582 return true;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004583
4584 case OR_Deleted:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004585 Diag(MemExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004586 diag::err_ovl_deleted_member_call)
4587 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Douglas Gregor6b906862009-08-21 00:16:32 +00004588 << DeclName << MemExprE->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004589 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
4590 // FIXME: Leaking incoming expressions!
4591 return true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004592 }
4593
4594 FixOverloadedFunctionReference(MemExpr, Method);
4595 } else {
4596 Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(MemExpr->getMemberDecl());
4597 }
4598
4599 assert(Method && "Member call to something that isn't a method?");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004600 ExprOwningPtr<CXXMemberCallExpr>
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00004601 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, MemExpr, Args,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004602 NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004603 Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
4604 RParenLoc));
4605
4606 // Convert the object argument (for a non-static member function call).
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004607 if (!Method->isStatic() &&
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004608 PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(ObjectArg, Method))
4609 return true;
4610 MemExpr->setBase(ObjectArg);
4611
4612 // Convert the rest of the arguments
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004613 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = cast<FunctionProtoType>(Method->getType());
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004614 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, MemExpr, Method, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004615 RParenLoc))
4616 return true;
4617
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00004618 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
4619 return true;
Anders Carlsson6f680272009-08-16 03:42:12 +00004620
4621 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004622}
4623
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004624/// BuildCallToObjectOfClassType - Build a call to an object of class
4625/// type (C++ [over.call.object]), which can end up invoking an
4626/// overloaded function call operator (@c operator()) or performing a
4627/// user-defined conversion on the object argument.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004628Sema::ExprResult
4629Sema::BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object,
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +00004630 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004631 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004632 SourceLocation *CommaLocs,
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004633 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4634 assert(Object->getType()->isRecordType() && "Requires object type argument");
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004635 const RecordType *Record = Object->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004636
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004637 // C++ [over.call.object]p1:
4638 // If the primary-expression E in the function call syntax
Eli Friedman33a31382009-08-05 19:21:58 +00004639 // evaluates to a class object of type "cv T", then the set of
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004640 // candidate functions includes at least the function call
4641 // operators of T. The function call operators of T are obtained by
4642 // ordinary lookup of the name operator() in the context of
4643 // (E).operator().
4644 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004645 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Call);
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00004646 DeclContext::lookup_const_iterator Oper, OperEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004647 for (llvm::tie(Oper, OperEnd) = Record->getDecl()->lookup(OpName);
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00004648 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper)
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004649 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Oper), Object, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00004650 CandidateSet, /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004651
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004652 // C++ [over.call.object]p2:
4653 // In addition, for each conversion function declared in T of the
4654 // form
4655 //
4656 // operator conversion-type-id () cv-qualifier;
4657 //
4658 // where cv-qualifier is the same cv-qualification as, or a
4659 // greater cv-qualification than, cv, and where conversion-type-id
Douglas Gregora967a6f2008-11-20 13:33:37 +00004660 // denotes the type "pointer to function of (P1,...,Pn) returning
4661 // R", or the type "reference to pointer to function of
4662 // (P1,...,Pn) returning R", or the type "reference to function
4663 // of (P1,...,Pn) returning R", a surrogate call function [...]
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004664 // is also considered as a candidate function. Similarly,
4665 // surrogate call functions are added to the set of candidate
4666 // functions for each conversion function declared in an
4667 // accessible base class provided the function is not hidden
4668 // within T by another intervening declaration.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004669
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00004670 if (!RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation(), Object->getType(), 0)) {
4671 // FIXME: Look in base classes for more conversion operators!
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004672 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Conversions
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00004673 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->getConversionFunctions();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004674 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00004675 Func = Conversions->function_begin(),
4676 FuncEnd = Conversions->function_end();
4677 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
4678 CXXConversionDecl *Conv;
4679 FunctionTemplateDecl *ConvTemplate;
4680 GetFunctionAndTemplate(*Func, Conv, ConvTemplate);
Douglas Gregor65ec1fd2009-08-21 23:19:43 +00004681
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00004682 // Skip over templated conversion functions; they aren't
4683 // surrogates.
4684 if (ConvTemplate)
4685 continue;
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004686
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00004687 // Strip the reference type (if any) and then the pointer type (if
4688 // any) to get down to what might be a function type.
4689 QualType ConvType = Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType();
4690 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
4691 ConvType = ConvPtrType->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004692
Douglas Gregor5842ba92009-08-24 15:23:48 +00004693 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = ConvType->getAsFunctionProtoType())
4694 AddSurrogateCandidate(Conv, Proto, Object, Args, NumArgs, CandidateSet);
4695 }
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004696 }
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004697
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004698 // Perform overload resolution.
4699 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004700 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, Object->getLocStart(), Best)) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004701 case OR_Success:
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004702 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the appropriate call
4703 // below.
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004704 break;
4705
4706 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004707 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
Sebastian Redle4c452c2008-11-22 13:44:36 +00004708 diag::err_ovl_no_viable_object_call)
Chris Lattner4330d652009-02-17 07:29:20 +00004709 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
Sebastian Redle4c452c2008-11-22 13:44:36 +00004710 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004711 break;
4712
4713 case OR_Ambiguous:
4714 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4715 diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_object_call)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004716 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004717 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4718 break;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004719
4720 case OR_Deleted:
4721 Diag(Object->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
4722 diag::err_ovl_deleted_object_call)
4723 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
4724 << Object->getType() << Object->getSourceRange();
4725 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
4726 break;
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004727 }
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004728
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004729 if (Best == CandidateSet.end()) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004730 // We had an error; delete all of the subexpressions and return
4731 // the error.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00004732 Object->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004733 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00004734 Args[ArgIdx]->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004735 return true;
4736 }
4737
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004738 if (Best->Function == 0) {
4739 // Since there is no function declaration, this is one of the
4740 // surrogate candidates. Dig out the conversion function.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004741 CXXConversionDecl *Conv
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004742 = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(
4743 Best->Conversions[0].UserDefined.ConversionFunction);
4744
4745 // We selected one of the surrogate functions that converts the
4746 // object parameter to a function pointer. Perform the conversion
4747 // on the object argument, then let ActOnCallExpr finish the job.
4748 // FIXME: Represent the user-defined conversion in the AST!
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004749 ImpCastExprToType(Object,
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004750 Conv->getConversionType().getNonReferenceType(),
Anders Carlsson3503d042009-07-31 01:23:52 +00004751 CastExpr::CK_Unknown,
Sebastian Redl7c80bd62009-03-16 23:22:08 +00004752 Conv->getConversionType()->isLValueReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00004753 return ActOnCallExpr(S, ExprArg(*this, Object), LParenLoc,
4754 MultiExprArg(*this, (ExprTy**)Args, NumArgs),
4755 CommaLocs, RParenLoc).release();
Douglas Gregor106c6eb2008-11-19 22:57:39 +00004756 }
4757
4758 // We found an overloaded operator(). Build a CXXOperatorCallExpr
4759 // that calls this method, using Object for the implicit object
4760 // parameter and passing along the remaining arguments.
4761 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00004762 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Method->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004763
4764 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
4765 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
4766
4767 // Build the full argument list for the method call (the
4768 // implicit object parameter is placed at the beginning of the
4769 // list).
4770 Expr **MethodArgs;
4771 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
4772 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
4773 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgsInProto + 1];
4774 } else {
4775 MethodArgs = new Expr*[NumArgs + 1];
4776 }
4777 MethodArgs[0] = Object;
4778 for (unsigned ArgIdx = 0; ArgIdx < NumArgs; ++ArgIdx)
4779 MethodArgs[ArgIdx + 1] = Args[ArgIdx];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004780
4781 Expr *NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00004782 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004783 UsualUnaryConversions(NewFn);
4784
4785 // Once we've built TheCall, all of the expressions are properly
4786 // owned.
4787 QualType ResultTy = Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType();
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004788 ExprOwningPtr<CXXOperatorCallExpr>
4789 TheCall(this, new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Call, NewFn,
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00004790 MethodArgs, NumArgs + 1,
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00004791 ResultTy, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004792 delete [] MethodArgs;
4793
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00004794 // We may have default arguments. If so, we need to allocate more
4795 // slots in the call for them.
4796 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto)
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00004797 TheCall->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto + 1);
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00004798 else if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto)
4799 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
4800
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00004801 bool IsError = false;
4802
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004803 // Initialize the implicit object parameter.
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00004804 IsError |= PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Object, Method);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004805 TheCall->setArg(0, Object);
4806
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00004807
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004808 // Check the argument types.
4809 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004810 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00004811 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004812 Arg = Args[i];
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004813
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00004814 // Pass the argument.
4815 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00004816 IsError |= PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing");
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00004817 } else {
Anders Carlssonf1480ee2009-08-14 18:30:22 +00004818 Arg = CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, Method->getParamDecl(i));
Douglas Gregor518fda12009-01-13 05:10:00 +00004819 }
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004820
4821 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
4822 }
4823
4824 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
4825 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
4826 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
4827 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
4828 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00004829 IsError |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, VariadicMethod);
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004830 TheCall->setArg(i + 1, Arg);
4831 }
4832 }
4833
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00004834 if (IsError) return true;
4835
Anders Carlssond406bf02009-08-16 01:56:34 +00004836 if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, TheCall.get()))
4837 return true;
4838
Anders Carlssona303f9e2009-08-16 03:53:54 +00004839 return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall.release()).release();
Douglas Gregorf9eb9052008-11-19 21:05:33 +00004840}
4841
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00004842/// BuildOverloadedArrowExpr - Build a call to an overloaded @c operator->
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004843/// (if one exists), where @c Base is an expression of class type and
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00004844/// @c Member is the name of the member we're trying to find.
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00004845Sema::OwningExprResult
4846Sema::BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg BaseIn, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
4847 Expr *Base = static_cast<Expr *>(BaseIn.get());
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00004848 assert(Base->getType()->isRecordType() && "left-hand side must have class type");
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004849
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00004850 // C++ [over.ref]p1:
4851 //
4852 // [...] An expression x->m is interpreted as (x.operator->())->m
4853 // for a class object x of type T if T::operator->() exists and if
4854 // the operator is selected as the best match function by the
4855 // overload resolution mechanism (13.3).
4856 // FIXME: look in base classes.
4857 DeclarationName OpName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Arrow);
4858 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004859 const RecordType *BaseRecord = Base->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00004860
Anders Carlssone30572a2009-09-10 23:18:36 +00004861 LookupResult R = LookupQualifiedName(BaseRecord->getDecl(), OpName,
4862 LookupOrdinaryName);
4863
4864 for (LookupResult::iterator Oper = R.begin(), OperEnd = R.end();
4865 Oper != OperEnd; ++Oper)
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00004866 AddMethodCandidate(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Oper), Base, 0, 0, CandidateSet,
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00004867 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00004868
4869 // Perform overload resolution.
4870 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00004871 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00004872 case OR_Success:
4873 // Overload resolution succeeded; we'll build the call below.
4874 break;
4875
4876 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
4877 if (CandidateSet.empty())
4878 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00004879 << Base->getType() << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00004880 else
4881 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_oper)
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00004882 << "operator->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00004883 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/false);
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00004884 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00004885
4886 case OR_Ambiguous:
4887 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
Anders Carlssone30572a2009-09-10 23:18:36 +00004888 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00004889 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00004890 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004891
4892 case OR_Deleted:
4893 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
4894 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
Anders Carlssone30572a2009-09-10 23:18:36 +00004895 << "->" << Base->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00004896 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00004897 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00004898 }
4899
4900 // Convert the object parameter.
4901 CXXMethodDecl *Method = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Best->Function);
Douglas Gregorfc195ef2008-11-21 03:04:22 +00004902 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Base, Method))
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00004903 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorfc195ef2008-11-21 03:04:22 +00004904
4905 // No concerns about early exits now.
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00004906 BaseIn.release();
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00004907
4908 // Build the operator call.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00004909 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(Method, Method->getType(),
4910 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00004911 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004912 Base = new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Arrow, FnExpr, &Base, 1,
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00004913 Method->getResultType().getNonReferenceType(),
4914 OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00004915 return Owned(Base);
Douglas Gregor8ba10742008-11-20 16:27:02 +00004916}
4917
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004918/// FixOverloadedFunctionReference - E is an expression that refers to
4919/// a C++ overloaded function (possibly with some parentheses and
4920/// perhaps a '&' around it). We have resolved the overloaded function
4921/// to the function declaration Fn, so patch up the expression E to
4922/// refer (possibly indirectly) to Fn.
4923void Sema::FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, FunctionDecl *Fn) {
4924 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
4925 FixOverloadedFunctionReference(PE->getSubExpr(), Fn);
4926 E->setType(PE->getSubExpr()->getType());
4927 } else if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) {
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004928 assert(UnOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::AddrOf &&
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004929 "Can only take the address of an overloaded function");
Douglas Gregorb86b0572009-02-11 01:18:59 +00004930 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Fn)) {
4931 if (Method->isStatic()) {
4932 // Do nothing: static member functions aren't any different
4933 // from non-member functions.
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004934 } else if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *DRE
Douglas Gregorb86b0572009-02-11 01:18:59 +00004935 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(UnOp->getSubExpr())) {
4936 // We have taken the address of a pointer to member
4937 // function. Perform the computation here so that we get the
4938 // appropriate pointer to member type.
4939 DRE->setDecl(Fn);
4940 DRE->setType(Fn->getType());
4941 QualType ClassType
4942 = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Method->getDeclContext()));
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004943 E->setType(Context.getMemberPointerType(Fn->getType(),
Douglas Gregorb86b0572009-02-11 01:18:59 +00004944 ClassType.getTypePtr()));
4945 return;
4946 }
4947 }
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004948 FixOverloadedFunctionReference(UnOp->getSubExpr(), Fn);
Douglas Gregora35284b2009-02-11 00:19:33 +00004949 E->setType(Context.getPointerType(UnOp->getSubExpr()->getType()));
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004950 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004951 assert((isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(DR->getDecl()) ||
Mike Stump1eb44332009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004952 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(DR->getDecl())) &&
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004953 "Expected overloaded function or function template");
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004954 DR->setDecl(Fn);
4955 E->setType(Fn->getType());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00004956 } else if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) {
4957 MemExpr->setMemberDecl(Fn);
4958 E->setType(Fn->getType());
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004959 } else {
4960 assert(false && "Invalid reference to overloaded function");
4961 }
4962}
4963
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004964} // end namespace clang